Sharing Urban Public Space in Bangkok, Thailand

Sharing Urban Public Space Sharing Urban in Public Bangkok,Thailand ausgeführt zum Zwecke der Erlangung des akademischen Grades einer ausgeführtder Erlangung Zwecke Grades akademischen einer zum des The In-Between Space: A Study of the Siam Area Area Siam the Study of Space:A The In-Between Institut für Kunstgeschichte, Bauforschung und Denkmalpflege Institut Bauforschung für Kunstgeschichte, undDenkmalpflege Ao.Univ.Prof. DI Dr. phil. ANDREA RIEGER-JANDL ANDREA RIEGER-JANDL Ao.Univ.Prof. Dr. DI phil. eingereicht an der Technischen Universität Wien Wien eingereicht Universität der an Technischen Fakultät für Architektur und Raumplanung Raumplanung Fakultät Architektur und für Doktorin der Wissenschaften Technischen unter Jeneweingasse 17, 1210 Wien Jeneweingasse Wien 17,1210 Baugeschichte und Bauforschung BaugeschichteBauforschung und DUANGNAPA SINLAPASAI DUANGNAPA SINLAPASAI Matrikelnummer:0828494

Dissertation E251-01 der Leitung von Leitungder von Von 1

………………………………….

Sharing Urban Public Space in Bangkok, Thailand Thailand Bangkok, in Space Public Urban Sharing The In-Between Space: A Study of the Siam Area Area Siam the of A Study Space: The In-Between

diversity at the research site. research the at diversity th publicand private spaces byintegrating social cri the at workplaces to houses from or temple Buddhist two provides It itself. concept the and place the these separate entities, different forces and value Tounderstandwhere situations spaces are clearly o seeminglyincompatible characters ofplace and supp Abstract University Planning; and Architecture for program,Faculty (PhD) Doctoral ANDRE phil. Dr. DI Ao.Univ.Prof. Supervisors: Sinlapasai; Duangnapa Researcher: for a successful coexistence of different target gr target different of coexistencesuccessful a for site. site. informationtodefine set a offactors which, when the coll Data English. into translated results the with developed in an open and narrative way to enable in the for answers 350 subgroups: three pros andconsof theSiam area from architecturala monks, etc. etc. monks, withbasisthedaily a on area Siam theexposed to in a Thai context and it was found thethat modela byliterature review, a fieldsurveys andinterview ofgroup the spatial situation of the of situation spatial the standardsand globalization. Thailand. The surveyed/interviewed population of th of population surveyed/interviewed The Thailand. the research site, research the were identified to build an effective and comprehen and effective an build to identified were experiments/ strategies propositions SECOND FINDING: Qualitative feedback indicated that indicated feedback Qualitative FINDING: SECOND spaces spaces situations of space between a binary opposite meani opposite binary a betweenspace of situations opp is space private and public between meaning and space public real a is temple a that idea original people use it as public space. It presents micro-ur THIRDconsideringFINDING:the space. private real betweeninthecontext space, ofthe research area. conclusive were findings The places. of characters e relationship between them. The in-between concept in-between Thethem. between relationship e interviewees’ 3) To collect accurate informationinorder todefine (b) 2. urban planningurban Themotivation The key findings were as follows: FIRST FINDING: T This dissertation is based upon empirical research empirical upon based is dissertation This Keywords 1). 2) (g) Supplementary inan interviews

remote

ps opinions to eliminate potential data alterations a alterations data potential eliminate to opinions II) ychological considerations ychological inhabitants’ mind inhabitants’ :in-between public space, urbanization, space, det

Siam usersSiam : (a)

(c) behind the research was the “in the was research behindthe position, Sharing Urban Public SpaceSharing Thailand Bangkok, in in The In-Between Space: A Study of theSiam of A Space: Study In-Between The Area income disparities disparities income -between spaces and the condition of the relationsh the of condition the and spaces -between The hypothesis The ; people who went to the Siam area at least once pe onceleast at area Siamthe to whowent people ; (b) -sets, -sets, on program and -site users and 150 answers from the remote users. users. remote the from answers 150 and users -site III)

(h) Architectural field; of s s have been maintained and coexisted in the “ religious constraints, visitors and expert opinion expert and visitors constraints, religious ban life and living interval realms of constructive for the free usage of all people in Thai society. society.Thai in people all of usage free the for (d) teria thatreflects the particularityofThai uniqu oups within complex spatial configuration. configuration. spatial complexwithin oups legislation s ofpeople involved s inusing within places theres ection were paper-based questionnaires. The data wa data The questionnaires. paper-based were ection

ideas 1) equal and free space, and 2) coexistence o coexistence 2) and space, free and equal 1) ideas the spatial concept of ‘in of concept spatial the analyzed,how detail overlaps occur betweenthe liv nd criteria fits with following roles andattributes:workers, social ret followingroles ndsocial of points view.The sampling included 500

verlapping at the Inresearch site. other words, th terviewees to give additional information. All int religion and symbolic representations symbolic and religion sive in-between space framework as follows as framework space in-between sive ng can be produced - called the in between space- t space- between in the called - producedbe can ng concerning the benefits of the in-between space fra space in-between the of benefits the concerning ort thedevelopment social of interventionplanning (c) e study consisted of two main groups: main two of consisted study e city level. Moreover, it is to apprehend the comple the apprehend to is it Moreover, level. city in-between space, in a Thai context it can be prodube can it contextThai a in space, in-between st rma nentoa rsadr enn. Su meaning. standard or international an from osite and how it has interacted with spaces when considewhenspaces with interactedhas it how and landscape as the suggestion to success the a set ofset a levers includedtobe i

- the Mall is more public space than the Temple the than space public more is Mall the between” concept that is crucial in order to make t make toorder in crucial is that concept between” (i) from the research site located in the Siam area/dis Siam the in located site research the from conflict mitigation and critically associate critically and mitigation conflict 3 he development of an in-between space criteria fram

Architects nd misinterpretation. In the main, the research dat research the main, the In misinterpretation.nd I) erritorialization,thaification,Thailand

on -going Thai economic,cultural, and urbanization is - are inthe remote user category they as comprehend between space’ can lead to a clearer understanding clearer a to lead can space’ between ip of the places when taking into account local account into taking when places the of ip r year with the same roles and social attributes social and roles samethe year with r nthe “ of Technology, Vienna, AUSTRIA. AUSTRIA. Vienna, ofTechnology, (e) in The objectives The 1) culture and Thaification Thaification and culture in - between”

The interview questions have been have questions interview The -between Siam users on-site users Siam enessandtomaintain howis it used s. Specific key criteria and patterns and criteria keySpecific s. This reveals that the understandingthe that reveals This associations between incompatible (a) – in earch site. earch site. A RIEGER-JANDL. ARIEGER-JANDL. ired, students, tourists,ired,students, residents, e objective is to understand how eobjective tounderstand is definition of public and private and public of definition erviews were in conductedThai -between space in Thai context ing populations at the research populations ing at the r sharing i.e. the mall and the and mall the i.e. sharing r s meticulously analyzed with analyzedmeticulously s answers from users split into answersfrom users split s and s experiments/ strategies hat is neither real public nor public real neither is hat space. mework, as part of the in- the of part as mework, framework”. ced on private space while space privateon ced xities around the usage of usage the around xities d which is opposite of the of opposite is which of this research were research this of ring the condition of the of condition the ring ch ambiguity in certain in ambiguity ch social interventions andinterventions social he distinction betweendistinctionhe 2) To collect accurate trict of Bangkok, of trict ; people who are who people ; a was collected was a ework ework focused 4) (f)

To analyze behavioral sues the of 1) at .

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Stadtplanung staedtischenLeben dar. pri wirklich noch oeffentlicher, ein wirklich weder Verhaltensvorschlaege gesellschaftliche Interventionen und einen effektive und verstaendlicheund effektiveeinen Expertenmeinung und Besuchern den Einschraenkungen, Solche Mehrdeutigkeit in gewissenSituationenkoennein SolcheMehrdeutigkeit Th in privat und oeffentlich von Bedeutung die und Mens Thai allen die sind, Ort oeffentliche wahre der Einkaufszentren mehr als oeffentlicher Raum dienen ERGEBNIS: ZWEITES Kontext. Thai im Zwischenraums des wirtschaftlichen und Urbanisierungsproblemen am Unt benutzen. einem Thai Kontext zeigen, dass das Modell und die K die und Modell das dass zeigen, Kontext Thai einem wird produziert, indem Thai Menschen einen privaten wissenschaftliche Rezension, Felduntersuchungen, un Felduntersuchungen, Rezension, wissenschaftliche abg Befragten den Datenverfaelschungen und Missverstaendnisse auszuschl mit analysiert sorgfaeltig wurden uebe Englische ins Ergebnisse die und durchgefuehrt geb zu Moeglichkeit die Befragten den um formuliert, im Zwischenraum beibehalten und damit zur Koexisten ueberlappen.anderen Mit Ziel ve eszu das Worten, ist Umfagepopulation der Studie bestand aus zwei Hauptg zwei aus bestand Studie der Umfagepopulation von Vor-Ort Benutzern und 150 Antworten von Fern-Be vonAntworten 150 und Benutzern Vor-Ort von 5 beinhaltete Pobegruppe Die begreifen. Blickwinkel Kont und Pros die sie weil Kategorie, Fern-Benutzer in derselben Rolle und gesellschaftlichen Eigenscha gesellschaftlichen und Rolle derselben in Studenten, Touristen, Ortsbewohner, Moenche usw. Roll folgende und stehen, Kontakt in Siambezirk dem unvereinbarenEigenschaftendes undOrtes unterstuet bedenkt. o Fkoe, i nc dr nls zr rleug d Erklaerung zur Analyse der nach die Faktoren, von Ziele Raeumlichkeit und Konzept. Der Begriff stellt zwei Kurzfassung

Wechselbeziehungenzwischen den RaeumeninBeziehung wshnamerf“ ibzgn edn muessen. werden einbezogen Zwischenraumbegriff“ fuer die erfolgreiche Koexistenz von unterschiedlic von Koexistenz erfolgreiche die fuer Raeumlichkeiten mit er wie und Zwischenraumbegriff thailaendi von Besonderheit die Kriterien, sozialen Begriffzum Verstaendnis dervon Komplexitaet d der Tem buddhistischer ein und Einkaufszentrum ein z.B. oshnsr zustandekommen. Forschungsort dieser Forschungsarbeit waren Forschungsarbeit dieser i Hypothese Die DieSchlüsselergebnisse waren ERSTEwie folgt: ERGE Die Motivation Die is Dsetto bset u eprshr Forschun empirischer auf basiert Dissertation Diese (c)

Einkommensungleichheiten (g) e remihn ozps o Ziceru fer z fuehrt Zwischenraum von Konzepts raeumlichen des psychologische Beruecksichtigungen psychologische fuer diese UntersuchungdieseZwischenraumbegrifderfuer war )i Sammlung 3)Die Zwischenraum-Rahmen Experimente/Strategien 1) Das Verstaendnis Das (d) Ideen zur Verfuegung: vater Ort is. DRITTES ERGEBNIS: Der Zwischenraum in Zwischenraum Der ERGEBNIS: DRITTES is. Ort vater 2) Fern-Benutzer des Siam-Bezirks eiis ud yblsh Darstellungen symbolische und religiose als als die Thai Temple, was der urspruenglichen Idee w ft der Gruppe 2.1) sie in den Siam-Bezirk gehen; Siam-Bezirk den in sie 2.1) Gruppe der ft hen Zielgruppen innerhalb von komplexen rauemlichen komplexen von innerhalb Zielgruppen hen ce Eniatget n de eihn zice ih zwischen Beziehung die und Einzigartigkeit scher zenden Planungsentwurf von Interventionu sozialer o gnun nomtoe zr eiirn dr Hebe der Definierung zur Informationen genauen von chen zur Verfuegung stehen. Diese Ergebnis deckt au deckt Ergebnis Diese stehen. Verfuegung zur chen 00 Antworten von in drei Untergruppen getrennten Be getrennten Untergruppen drei in vonAntworten 00 rsetzt. Die Datensammlung war ein papierbasierter U papierbasierter ein war DatensammlungDie rsetzt. erBenutzungund privatemvon oeffentlichem Raum du Ort als oeffentlichen Ort nutzen. Der Zwischenraum ailand sich von dem allgemeinen internationalen Ver internationalen allgemeinen dem von sich ailand z z befaehigt sind. ersuchungsort in Thailand rstehen,getrenntendiese wie versch Einheitenihre d Befragung von Menschen, die Einrichtungen in diese in Einrichtungen die Menschen, von Befragung d

en und gesellschaftliche Eigenschaften haben: Arbei haben: Eigenschaften gesellschaftliche und en n durch die Einfuehrung des Begriffs „Zwischenraume Begriffs desEinfuehrung diedurch n ruppen: en, weitere Informationen einzufuegen. Alle Befragu Alle einzufuegen. Informationen weitere en, pel oder Wohnhaeuser und Arbeitsplaetze in der Stadt der in Arbeitsplaetze und Wohnhaeuser oder pel a ds imBzrs u enm rhtkoice un architektonischen einem aus Siam-Bezirks des ras )i Analyse 4)Die ee, i de eelpugn wshn e Bevoelke den zwischen Ueberlappungen die wie ienen, interagiert, wenn man die Bedingungen der Diversita der Bedingungen die man wenn interagiert, iessen. Im Wesentlichen wurden die Forschungsergebni nutzern. Die Fragen im Umfragebogen waren in einem in waren Umfragebogen im Fragen Die nutzern. riterien in Uebereinstimmung sind mit mit sind Uebereinstimmung in riterien n Seiice cleslrtre ud utr wurde Muster und Schluesselkriterien Spezifische en. von Situationen, in denen sich Raeumlichkeiten am Raeumlichkeiten sich denen in Situationen, von auf oertliche auf und globaleStandards. kar, m ee Miugn lr u renn n moe und erkennen zu klar Meinungen deren um eklaert, zu eintwickeln zu

(a) Die qualitative Rueckmeldung weist darauf hin, das hin, darauf weist Rueckmeldung qualitative Die 1) Vor-Ort Benutzer des Siam-Bezirks des Benutzer Vor-Ort 1) Position (h) a Frcugot m imeik o Bnkk Thail Bangkok, von Siambezirk im Forschungsort am g 4 BNIS : das Modell das BNIS : des Zwischenraumes und die Untersu Gesetzgebung 2)Die 2)Die Sammlung e remihn iuto dr wshnaue n d und Zwischenraeume der Situation raeumlichen der (b) 1) gleicher und freier Raum (a) Programm und Definition von oeffentlichem und privaten Raumprivaten undvonoeffentlichem Definition II) f, der entscheidend ist fuer die Unterscheidungderfuerdieentscheidendvon f, ist (i)

der Denkweise der Ortsbewohner enm lrrn esanns o scheinbar von Verstaendnis klararen einem u Konfliktminderung und damit engverbundene damit und Konfliktminderung ; Menschen, die mindestens zweimal im Jahr von genauen Informationen zur Definierung (c) Landschaft als Vorschlag zum Erfolg I) den gegewaertigen kulturellen, kulturellen, gegewaertigen den (e) 2) Kultur und Thai-heit Thai-heit und Kultur Architekten ; Menschern die taeglich mit taeglich dieMenschern ; Koexistenz oder die Teilung, iderspricht, iderspricht, dass die Tempel iedenen Kraefte und Werte Werte iedenenundKraefte ndExperimente/Strategien stellt einen im Mikroraum mfragebogen. Die Daten Die mfragebogen. tnehmer, Ruhestaendler, tnehmer, f, dass das Vertsaendnis das dass f, nen widerspiegeln. Der Der widerspiegeln. nen tedi unterscheidet. staendnis nutzern: 350 Antworten350 nutzern: rch dievon rch Integration Konfigurationen. ngen wurden auf Thai auf wurden ngen s“ geloestwerden,der s“ einem Thai Kontext Kontext Thai einem et am Forschungsort am et m Forschung-Bezirk Forschung-Bezirk m Wiehn id der wird .Weiterhin gesellschaftlichen d sse sse gewonnen durch lsaetze, die in den den in die lsaetze, offenen Erzaehlstil offenen Forschungsort klar Forschungsort ietfzet um identifiziert, n rungsgruppen am am rungsgruppen gehoeren in die die in gehoeren s heutzutage die heutzutage s III)

religioesen n. Die and. chung in gliche Die (b) (f) ie ie

A CKNOWLEDGEMENT 5

IIntroduction CHAPTER - ...... 8 Acknowledgement ...... 5 CHAPTER IV CHAPTER III CHAPTER - Study Empirical ...... 81 II CHAPTER 3.6 In-Between 3.6 spaces ...... 119 dilemma...... 3.5 Population 114 3.4 Economic considerations...... 109 3.3 Key places ...... 95 3.2 People flows ...... 88 3.1. Background research of the site ...... 81 2.8 Concept ofpublic space Society inthe Thai ...... 73 2.7 Thai landscape Political inthe lastcentury ...... 67 2.6 Antagonism values ofhuman 2.5 Economic inThailand Background ...... 53 2.4 Social classes structure inthe Thai society ...... 49 2.3 Cultural aspects emerging an context in country ...... 38 2.2. Bangkok’sBackground In-Between2.1 Concept ofthe Space ...... 24 Limitation1.10 ofthe research ...... 22 1.9 Thai dynasties ...... 22 1.8 Translation ofThai words ...... 21 1.7 Definition of terms ...... 21 1.6 Research Methodology and sampling ...... 17 1.5 Significance research ofthe ...... 17 1.4 Objectives ofthe research ...... 16 1.3 Research questions ...... 15 1.2 Hypothesis ...... 15 1.1 Background research of the ...... 8 4.1

In -between space criteria framework -between framework space criteria ...... 131 – – Literature Review Literature Review ...... 24 Data Analysis, Finding And Concept Analysis, Data Finding AndConcept ...... 131 - Origin, Name and Identity Identity - Origin,and Name ...... 33 TABLE OF CONTENTS – Spirituality vs. Consumerism Spirituality vs.Consumerism ...... 64 6

CHAPTER V CHAPTER Recommendations ...... 153 APPENDICES APPENDICES ...... 175 LIST OF TABLES ...... 173 REFERENCES ...... 162 4.2 4.3 4.4 DESIGN framework aof the public space space as in-between context inThai ...... 140 5.1 Appendix 1 Appendix the5.3 Recommendations future for ...... 160 5.2 Discussions ...... 157 A Proposal Design Framework of a Shared Urban Public Space forA Proposala research DesignUrban Public this Framework Shared of ...... 177 research...... 176 2- Appendix

from thein-between way middle to space Buddhism for relationship keeping ...... 136 Sharing space public space urban through thein-between ...... 138 SUMMARY of the study ofSUMMARY thestudy ...... 153 – – Conclusion, Discussion, And ...... 153 A Questionnaire research for of the visitors site ...... 175 Proposal DesignFrameworkShared a Space of Urban Public for this

1.1 (land, building) or an intellectual asset (patent). Due to different levers, history, education, and is often exceptionally clear and supported by effective and uncorrupt laws; i.e. a physical asset urban of development inBangkok hasemerged space. roleand Inequality private affected the ofpublic 2011). McFarlane, & (Anderson geography human contemporary for

certain levels of resilience or vulnerability” reignited who scholars by given Deleuze’s aretheories by considering that urbanization “unpredictable patterns of the self on Deleuze Gilles of influence the of examples Prime 31). p. 1999, Grosz, A. (E. globalizations unstoppable and urbanizations of inequality which affects urban development via a mutation of its relationships between local ideas, the deterritorialization, “difference is not diversity” but diversity produces a visible form gradually spaces, public globalerasingand urban a local conceptual territorial lines of citizens. orlack amid premise or private of postulates initial dilutes slightly often urbanization uncharacterized and vague. become has spaces private and public between distinction the Furthermore, spaces. public A significant consequence, from a religious perspective, conflicts. private space has begun to engulf societal sacred including consequences unfortunate the of some avoiding congestion an undertaking not traffic reduced have might Authorities steps These businesses. local and Local residents the of survey adequate of result a as established urban be appropriate to place failed had taking planning urbanization frenetic to Prior stores. associated and and logos shops well-known franchise its with Singapore, to Angeles Los from capital, world explosive urbanization occurring throughout the city. Today the city of Bangkok looks like any the of part major a still are and have particular, in skyscrapers, and malls Shopping decades.

ACKGROUND OF THE RESEARCH OFACKGROUNDTHE

In so-called developed countries, the distinction between a public and a private property Thailand’s capital city Bangkok has experienced significant According to the French philosopher Gilles Deleuze who published one of the notable the of one published who Deleuze Gilles philosopher French the to According rampant with associated diversity and complexity the that evident is it glance, a At CHAPTER

I (Dovey, 2012)

8 I NTRODUCTION or or analyzing terms of “assembling”

urbanization urbanization during recent -organization -organization emerge with

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. of state current the in resulting cases conflicting with urbanization hazardous arguably and view of point power architectural an from visible is of result The classes. social balanceancestral between permanent the and policies inefficient initiative, political inadequate to due has escalated Furthermore, it practices rampant corruption. and collapsed tobusiness due societal different ensure to duty the of account aredimensions efficient peaceful and for urbanization. taken into part also is it However, mall. a build to right the interests, but undeniably, it is the duty (subject to planning laws) of the city of Bangkok to give investors, inhabitants, between workers and visitors, with the concomitant risk frustrations of social harmony space. deteriorating in those spaces. generate or area often same situations the such either in Consequently, activities disruptive or incompatible of creation the to how to use public space or space between inside and outside buildings especially, has often led culture, Thai the because Bangkok like cities of context urban the in relevant specifically is how they orhow they private use interact public and spaces. with That behavioral observation urbanization and architectural challenges. of terms in complexities additional creates which interrelated, spirituality and physically are and a specific area, called in this dissertation the research site, where public and private based on that lack of understanding and misunderstanding, the researcher focused on Thailand However, countries. emerging for property private and public of notions these of all describe misunderstandings can be or influenced by additional factors. The researcher of understandings this study cannot addition, In vague. times at and uncertain seem can view, of point legal (Sime, 1986). isthe creationit ofthe design of ofspaces places people react in spaces, even whether a valid question about the sense of a place can be authenticity and character (Jive´n & Larkham, 2003) have sense, also been studied to their understand how and 272) p. 2013, Macdonald, & (Larice space phenomenon about dimensions patent youspecifies are tocopy forbidden thatpatent permission from without the owner. Sociologic registered a permission, without enter not must people that specifies sign “Private” A private. or public is asset/place an when understanding greater far a have people religion, The deterritorialization of Bangkok provides evidence that Thai social values have have values social Thai that evidence provides Bangkok of deterritorialization The of divergences to due solution a frame and define to task easy an not is it Certainly, The Thai culture and its associated ideology is distinctive and directly influences people In of thenotion public so-called and countries, emerging private property,even from a 9

asked if spaces Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. the Wat Pathumwanaram school park (purple), the (green). public 6) temple world Buddhist shopping 3)a inthe about malls one most-talked area: Royal a of 2) Palace 1) places- visitors visitors and, according to Facebook, it is one of the most-talked about places in the world biggest the of one international wheremalls and a Buddhist temple coexist. The Mall welcomes a significant number of today, Bangkok in urbanization of terms in characters new and old the between overlap the reflects it addition, In Thailand. in tourism and culture economy, of area fundamental a is it because is site this selected researcher the reason The Bangkok. 1 the “research site” current inthis study. depicting 1, figure in described space the in happen should or could what predict to sessions Thai society. contemporar of image the changes slightly even and identity, of type new a and life of form new a constitutes it appears; slowly effect side unforeseen The city. the of deterritorialization places: places: the research site, clarify the study and focuses on the zoom-in North side of To the Rama architecture. Road I of and includes the types following and activities low), and middle, elite, as: research. present the of collection data (named classes social Thai existing integrate site research the at spaces the studied the Moreover, conduct to place ideal the representing was

http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/siam-paragon- on

-facebook- (Third class Royal temple) 4) the community behind (red) the Wat Pathumwanaram, 5) The research 1 site (Figure - Research - site AreaSiam - Bangkok Within the site, the following architectural elements co-exist uneasily within a single a within uneasily co-exist elements architectural following the site, the Within oenet uhrte fr h ct o Bnkk ald o raie rtcl thinking critical organize to failed Bangkok of city the for authorities Government 1. 4. 3. 2.

The Pathumwanaram Monastery Pathumwanaram The h cmuiy eid h Wt ahmaaa (e) te Wat the (red), Pathumwanaram Wat the (green)(purple),Pathumwanaram as park School a thepublic place single behind community The greyThe shopping malls; The Sra Palace;blue Pathum Thai); orange in -2015-300196831.html (accessed -2015-300196831.html 8

th March 2016) March in 10 -bangkok-ranked-6th-place- –

a Third Class Royal temple Royal Class Third

as -the-worlds-most-talked-about- ) is called “Siam” by

(or Wat: Wat: (or

1 วัด , and

in y Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. is it which life accepted. daily urban of low-quality express to ordinary become have they because spaces private and public cross notice any without pedestrians where buildings of block and surroundings same the in living simultaneously, exist neighborhoods different and activities

as follow: elaboration of culture" (Hall, 1990). The theory of personal and territory spaces has been drawn and defined as “the interrelated observations and theories of man's use of space as a specialized research site and how they consider their spaces. Proxemics has the been coined by around Edward T. Hall living populations understanding by communication, non-verbal of study the of Another factor covered by the present research are the proxemics, one of several subcategories when the present public role of the monastery has been declining constantly over the past years. especially urbanization, non-managed a by imposed complexities several the study to factors psychology in theory his and (Carducci, 2009, p. 245). needs The researcher considers the research site as of a unique combination of hierarchy Maslow's Abraham the by proposed as needs its with population the connect to important are places both Unquestionably, speaking. on sustaining the traditional Thai culture through the Buddhism religion, mentally and spiritual The shopping malls are focusing on consumerism while monastery/temple diverse Bangkok, - Area Siam - site Research - 1 Figure from identified easily is As Figure 1 - Research - AreaFigure1 Bangkok Siam - - site 11 is 1 focusing

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. moving back-and-forth is called by the researcher the and domestic/international. Bangkok a of appearance the to led has deterioration indoor spaces. by gradually into outdoor increased from moving activities human for has buildings the in patterns spaces different developing two the of differentiation the make to Consequently, started first shelters. people since done been has space outdoor the from space indoor the Dividing zone. transitional the at space the within spaces of condition the create promenades of edges places and/or boundaries the as established are realms public in spaces in-between the Commonly architecture. in as much as realms urban and public in occur In-betweens 2015). inside the on area private a and house a inside/outsideof outside area public the the between on focused have researchers relationship of kind aspublic/private spaceas this dual an and have defined Some Thailand. Bangkok, in focused

Village Culture (1998)” and Kanchana Kaeothep, “Developing of Village and Urban(1989)”; andVillage “Developing of Kaeothep, Kanchana and (1998)”Village Culture “Thai Natsupa, Chatthip as such work, remarkable some undertaken have researchers Thai place a of mutation fr xml egs f h paz: rae, oonds nce o a aae and façade, a of niches colonnades, arcades, piazza: the of edges example for , According to the previous explanations and figures, this visible deterritorialization and That relationship between the inside and outside with an opposite meaning constantly meaning opposite an with outside and inside the between relationship That It is imperative to get the literature review perspective by confirming studies about byconfirming studies literature review perspective getIt the to imperative is where opposite binomials must co-exist such as local/global, public/private, state/civil Figure 2 - Edward - FigureHall's2 T. personalradireaction bubbles,showing , involving a community, both in rural and urban areas in Thailand. A few A Thailand. in areas urban and rural in both community, ainvolving , 12 pcfc uain f h sae i te iy of city the in spaces the of mutation specific “in - between” us in feet and meters meters usand infeet concept; concept; this study is solely

intermediate area (Maliki et al., et (Maliki

the the

between anda public is Thai what private it is in context. what it ambiguity frequent raises and instability generates it lines; space these question Researchers false misconception that original public spaces are returned to the city if a breach has occurred. the holds and rights legal its of aware fully not is public Thai the Furthermore, space. public not realize that they directly participate in the flourishing urbanization that does not redistribute against ‘public in spaces.’ A context. paradox this exists People who are inBangkok living do constantly challenged is Bangkok consequence, direct a As Patronage”. “Royal as known This place. a of status public the set to decision the supersedes King the and monarchy constitutional a hasThailand space. public the maintain to duty conflicting a has city the perspective, public a From city. people supermarkets, need houses/condominiums, andconsumerism to possibilities live in the perspective, space private a From spaces. private and public between boundaries the moved drastica changes These city. capital the to Thailand in areas rural the from employment for current the Thailand; rural the in researcher priorapproach thinksthis was tothe complexity Bangkok. due of society and spaces public on focused but work their in generational with those and disabilities differencesrarelyas Thesegroups inThailand. were teenagers. inpaststudies such included with those poor, homeless, the of namely, groups marginalized people, for accounted have not may researchers The conflicts. connected ab not have the privilege to be well educated or wealthy. Some surveyed communities were rarely studies the Additionally, time. mentioned earlier did not account for social that disparities: some of the surveyed communities did at atmosphere public the represent fully can research pre be to completely streets. onthe peaceful struggling often are movements social world, ideal an portrays research their While of Thai social classes support the beautiful, patriotic images of the success within Thai society. and the enthusiasm of community members to be involved in social activities. The vast cohesion majority via agreements, community under established been have solutions how underlined researchers these Indeed, society. Thai of picture clear a provide outcome and conclusion the le to participate in full or to understand the problems affecting them to in order to resolve resolve to order in to them affecting problems the understand to or full in participate to le and Globalization created migration flows and economic changes due to people relocating people to due changes economic and flows migration created Globalization Bangkok integrating consider not did studies Thai mentioned previous the interest, Of tough and failures, conflicts, eluded not, or voluntarily above, mentioned studies The post -negotiations between thegroups ofpeople involved.Research isnot fictional; no by the desire of the business community to expand their ‘private spaces’ 13

lly lly Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. andgroups private public society space. thatinfluence of of theuses different the between division and discrimination of form a as urbanization: the of coin the of (impoliteness, behaviors social the of criminality, social competition). Another shadowed transformation part, according to this research, is the edge and etc.), sleep, of lack pollution, (air problems health transportation, public with delays congestion, traffic diseases: stress, urban increased are proclaimed less However, consumerism. to access convenient allows quality of life but the coin of urbanization has two faces. Firstly, we all know that urbanization manageda approach. sustainable via properly is Bangkok in urbanization that ensuring and innovative being of instead followers as act and behind often are government Thai the and Bangkok Today, COP21. i.e. Paris in 2 twenty-first century the of trends global significant most the of one as urbanization declared Nations United The in resulting organizations. international incentive various from agreements and legislation international of growing personal a have may the anticipate not did government Thai lobbyists the aspect, that in further Going forces. contradictory the again once and consider to opinion may not be necessarily whose involved parties various the by complicated often is and passed be to legislation for style. life- city capital globalized the adopted and Europe in studied who Kings Thai successive the Indeed, the Thai middle-class tends to replicate the Western culture, which was popularized by 201 research, it is crucial to make the distinction between the place and the concept itself. research, make iscrucial to between it thedistinction and theconcept theplace itself. from at the city houses level. toworkplaces or temple Buddhist the and mall the i.e. sharing or coexistence 2) and space, free and equal http://www.un.org/en/development/desa/policy/untaskteam_undf/thinkpieces 5)

To summarize the “in the summarize To better a offers urbanization that consider usually we self-proclaimed, often Whilst Historically, Thais are not the exclusively responsible for fast-growing urbanization. fast-growing for responsible exclusively the not are Thais Historically, Another factor to consider is the slowness of relevant legislation. It can take many years Firstly, the “in 2 transformed throughchange conference climate actions intoconcrete the - between” between” space, the subjacent part of the concept, provides two ideas 1) - between” concept later developed and explained in the present the in explained and developed later concept between” in the public’s best interest. Lobbying is also a prominent factor 14 /18_urbanization.pdf (accessed /18_urbanization.pdf 28 th

January

1.2 created byvitalsite. importanceconsideringcondition ofthe when research the already are spaces with interacted has concept in-between The them. between relationship the rapid the maintain and way their of find to people lead to coherence used is it addition, the In Bangkok. in urbanization sustain and develop to helpful be can that uniqueness Thai of the usage of public and private spaces by integrating social criteria that reflects the particularity standardized research methodologies. standardized research methodologies. 1.3 activities. developfollowing were to the account research research into instruments questions and taken urbananthropology, theeconomics, philosophy, Buddhism), planning, social science,and

H R 4) 3) 2) 1) ESEARCH QUESTIONS ESEARCH YPOTHESIS

Secondly, the aim of the “i

The hypothesis of the present research is the following: The hypothesis ofthe present research isthe following: Thethere researcherconsiders that can through isaneed toset ahypothesis be tested target groups within complextarget groupswithin configurati spatial social interventions and experiments/ strategies for a successful coexistence of different planning of development the support and place of characters incompatible seemingly sustainable basis? sustainable basis? socialapplied interventionWhich be toachieve andshould this strategy experiment/ different targeted groups at the research site? researchdifferentat the groups site? targeted How canconcept ofthein-between a space the create successful coexistence of role in Thai attitude(s) towards seemingly incompatible characters of places? role inThai characters seemingly attitude(s) towards places? incompatible of forIn thein-betweengroupswhich the do different situations playtargeted a space site? What areWhat have“in thecauses ledtoproducing that Although thepresent research interdisciplinaryapproaches includes (architecture, Tesailcneto ‘in of concept spatial “The

n- between” concept is to apprehend the complexities around - between space’ can l can space’ between 15 on” - between” spaces research inthe ead to a clearer understanding of understanding clearer a to ead

1.4 an become will the important the view discoursewhich instead opposite cannot of compromise. truly relationships Exploring social maintaining places. for of differences various features the spatial of and possibility identity the understanding to, limited not but including, site, the on places different between relationships the of interpretations various

This study will examine the examine will study This considering different interpretations of the various in dimensions different ways from the past. framework” as framework” summarized as follows: summarized as follows: area. research the in visitors and residents from values cultural of shift urbanization the reflecting tool planning practical a develop to findings the apply to is research the of result proposed

O BJECTIVES OF THE RESEARCH THE OF BJECTIVES h fcs s n nesadn te iuto o the of situation the understanding on is focus The

The purposes of the study are to investigate and analyze the potential of the “in n diin te is f h rsac, n re t ase te eerh usin are questions research the answer to order in research, the of aims the addition, In 1. 3. 2.

and inthe coexisted “ maintained clearly been have values and forces are different entities, separate these how spaces where situations understand to is objective the understand words, other In site. research the at overlapping to is aim primary The

included inthe “ The tertiary collect aim isto accurate information define set tobe to oflevers a living the between occur overlaps how populations atthe research site. detail analyzed, when which, factors of set a define to information accurate collect to is aim secondary The a part of the urban planning social intervention and experiment/ strategy. The The strategy. experiment/ and intervention social planning urban the of part in in -between -between -between

in -between space and will establish an opportunity to consider consider to opportunity an establish will and space framework”. 16 ” space. space.

in -between pc, s el as well as space, -between

“in strategies the point, final experiments/ a and interventions social As planning urban site. alternative propose researchto aims researcher the at planning urban in engaging when complexity theoretical concept but to propose a practical and ready- 1.6 sectors, thereby providingan overlapoccurs. insight where valuable situations in oriented totheneeds the local and of population promptly respond changes. tonecessary aremore that alternatives consider, least very the ataccept, or imperativeto is Furthermore,it efficiently. urbanization manage to able be to them for crucial more now is it as carefully, for Thaiauthorities inBangkok.” cities, particularlythe planning the impact of urbanization from social inequality and related urban diseases, ultimately ultimately diseases, urban related and minimizing inherent conflicts. social inequality social from urbanization of impact the minimizing and public the with space sharing of point a promoting and raising for territories

-between space S R IGNIFICANCE OF THE RESEARCH OF IGNIFICANCE THE ESEARCH From the explanations stated earlier, the researcher proposes to create a concept called a tocreate proposes researcher the stated earlier, From explanations the The private and public in both planners, urban from input contain study the of results The The researcher reasonably considers that the relevant authorities in Bangkok will listen The targeted research populationofthis 3 groups: included 1.6.1 through an “ an through 4. relevancy has to be clearly stated: “The present research is not to propose another another propose to not researchis present “The clearlystated: be to has relevancy

T ARGETED POPULATION ARGETED the research site when taking into account local standards and globalization. the research account into local standards taking globalization. when site and of the of Finally, as far as it is possible, the present research analyzes the spatial situation M ETHODOLOGY AND SAMPLING AND ETHODOLOGY ” and a practical framework to study the frequent overlaps together with the in in -between spaces and the condition of the relationships of the places at places the of relationships the of condition the and spaces -between -between

framework

”. This will take will This ”. 17

to -use framework specifically designed advantage of coexisting spatial coexisting of advantage

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. of the population in Bangkok is 13,672 people per square mile density the sources, different to According basis. daily a on area Siam the at population total accordingly. applied 2 and purposivesampling methodology was 3;therefore, a non-random conclusions from the study. methodologies to address the needs to ensure due diligence was undertaken before drawing any 3

and calculate size: Psychologicalrequired sample to the #30,pp.607-610) Measurement, (Educational Activities” Research for Size Sample “Determining article 1970 their in of error, it is possible to use the classical random size formula published by Krejcie & Morgan margin 5% and confidence of 95% a consideringBy 2,500,000. at size population the defines including region. themetropolitan

https://www.worldscapitalcities.com/capital-facts-for-bangkok-thailand/ 1.6.2 Due to the characteristics of the targeted population, the researcher proposes different proposes researcher the population, targeted the of characteristics the to Due Due to the impossibility to survey all Siam users on-site, the researcher estimated the estimated researcher the on-site, users Siam all survey to impossibility the to Due Indeed, the major characteristics of targeted population, is the researcher knows groups By considering a transit of 2,500,000 people per day in the Siam Area, it it Area, Siam the in day per people 2,500,000 of transit a considering By n= sample size 3. 2. 1.

S AMPLING an ofviews. architecture point and social Architects with the same rolesgroup attributes1. and of social Siam users Siam residents, etc. monks, with the following roles and social attributes: workers, retired, students, tourists, Siam users Siam = 푛

; architects who understand the pros and cons of the Siam areaSiamfrom the of cons and pros the understand architectswho ;

on-site remote ( ME ∗( 1)+(2 P 1−P)) − (1 ∗ P ∗ (X2 + 1)) – (N ∗ 2 ; people who are exposed to the Siam area on a daily basis daily a on area Siam the to exposed are who people ; ; people who went to the Siam area at least once per year per once least at area Siam the to went who people ; X2 ∗ N ∗ P ∗ (1 − P) P) − (1 ∗ P ∗ N ∗ X2 18 (accessed 18 3 and 15,315,000 million people th November

201 8) ipso facto ipso

based questionnaire between 10 inThai the of degree acceptable an accuracy 5%. of and 95% at level confidence acceptable same the get to answers the on-site usersanswers the and users. remote for 150 the present research includes 500 answers from users split into two subgroups: 350 answers for of 5%. degree ofaccuracy acceptable anneeded 95%and acceptable confidence an at tosustain level locations were selected: Then computations givea visibility answers onhowmany and the are researchers data ME =Error as (expressed desired a of proportion). Margin =P populationproportion (.50) N = Size Population = Chi x2 For the subgroup “Siam usersFor “Siam the subgroup 19 least at with 20 at architects the of size sampling the set to decided researcher The For a transit of 2,500,000 people at the Siam Area, it is required to obtain 384 answers; o nue cret itiuin n a orc dvriy f nwr, ih different eight answers, of diversity correct a and distribution correct a ensure To o te ugop Sa users “Siam subgroup the For h) g) f) e) d) c) b) a)

on the skywalk in front of the research site. on theskywalk the front research in site. of in the school. in front ofthe school. in the community. in front ofthe community. in the (Temple). Wat the shoppingin malls. in front ofthemalls. shopping – square specified for at1degree the level confidence offreedom on-site remote th

”, to 19 ad h gop Aciet” te uvy was survey the “Architects”, group the and ” the survey was conducted on-site with a paper- was survey with on-site conducted the

15 th May 2018.

features controls entry dataoffered entry minimize by to Excel errors. data the used entry data the process, manual the to Due processes. validated10 participantssurvey. and the checked the questionnaire prior launching involved inthe making managing and ofurban planning. stages results translated English. into the with Thai in conducted were interviews All information. additional give to interviewees problematic resulturbanization. ofthe The understanding of the questionnaire was proofed through a pilot phase. A group of of group A phase. pilot a through proofed was questionnaire the of understanding The ial, n xe sraset a st o te aa nr ad ttsi computations statistic and entry data the for set was spreadsheet Excel an Finally, The interview questions have been developed in an open and narrative way to enable to way narrative and open an in developed been have questions interview The people of interviews and surveys field review, literature a from gathered was Data All surveyedgroups for individuals the tothewere exposed 2and directly 3 Figure 3 - Data analysis/integrity fromData - dataanalysis/integrity 3 Figure collectionproce the 20 ss ss

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 4 1.7 Urbanization Urban planning Urban economic functions, and social impacts of the urban environment and on the location of of location the on and environment urban differentactivities within it the of impacts social and functions, economic “In 5 of placerapid urbanization on “In undefined an by characterized also relation private. is between public and It overlapping. and bordering are place of concepts “In framework” described below. 1.8 Buddhist temple at research the Siam area, workersand visitors, urban planners. groups Targeted The researcher and Thai behaviors and strongly culture. shape affect the which Thaification พ ฿ บุญ เจ้า เจ้าพระยา จังหวัด เจดีย์

http://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/urbanization.html (accessedhttp://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/urbanization.html http://global.britannica.com/topic/urban-planning (accessed http://global.britannica.com/topic/urban-planning 8 B . ศ

. B

D - - - T

ewe” concept between” between” framework between” between” space between”

RANSLATION OFRANSLATION EFINITION OF TERMS OFTERMS EFINITION

–

– a set of human factors, such as, history, beliefs, traditions, religion, ideology, ideology, religion, traditions, beliefs, history, as, such factors, human of set a Anincrease areas inapopulation incities and townsversus rural

–

– Duangnapa Sinlapasai Sinlapasai Duangnapa – design and regulation of the uses of space that focus on the physical form, physical the on focus that space of uses the of regulation and design includes residents of the Siam research area, monks who are living in the in living are who monks area, research Siam the of residents includes

– T it is a space where different spatial, architectural, social, and economic and social, architectural, spatial, different where space a is it B.E. Chao Chao Praya Chao Changwat Chedi stupa Chedi

HAI WORDS HAI aht un –

Merit Merit A.D.+ 543 A.D.+543 t s cnet ht nlds “in includes that concept a is it Thai monetary unit unit monetary Thai – Prince and Royal family member member family Royal and Prince

5 it is a set of levers to comprehend and minimize negative impacts impacts negative minimize and comprehend to levers of set a is it .

s Province Province consisting of heterogeneous spatial concepts. heterogeneousconsisting spatialconcepts. of Spire-like tower tower Spire-like Main river in Bangkok Bangkok in Main river

21 th January 201 8 2) th - May ewe” pc ad “in and space between” 201 2) 4 . -between

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 1.10 Rama IX Phumiphon Adunladet AD1946- AD1946- AD1782- Adunladet Phumiphon Yofta Rama IX Rama I เกรงใจ กรรม กรุงเทพมหานคร RamaX Maha Vajiralongkorn AD 2016 AD2016 Vajiralongkorn Maha RamaX คลอง aaI Lel AD1809- Loetla Rama II

ความมั Kwammangkang aaII Nnka AD1824- Nangklao RamaIII ความมั aaI Mnkt AD1851- Mongkut RamaIV ปากซอย aaV hllnkr AD1868- Chulalongkorn RamaV หลวง aaV ahrwt AD1910- Wachirawut Rama VI ไม aaVI Pahtio AD1925- Prachathipok RamaVII น น aaVI nnaMhdn AD1935- Mahidon Ananda RamaVIII ผู้เร แผงลอย ไพร พระเจ้าแผ ศักดินา สาธารณะ ท ท าดีได้ดีท าชั ซอย

ไหว้ วัด 1.9 Kings of Chakri Dynasty (Bangkok Period) Period) (Bangkok Chakri Dynasty of Kings ้ าใจ

เป็นไร ่ ่ ขาย

่

นคง งคั

่ ่

HAI DYNASTIES HAIDYNASTIES

ง IMITATION OF THE RESEARCH IMITATION OFTHE

่ นดิน ่

The researcherfully ofthe the understands current research. limitations

วได้ชั ่

ว ่

Wealth Wealth

Krungtep Maha Nakorn Maha Krungtep Greng chai Greng Gam Klong Kwammankong a o soi Pak Luang Mai pen raï pen Mai Nam chai chai Nam Paengloi Phu re kai re Phu Prachao paendin Prachao Prai Sakdina Satarana Soï Tamdee daidee Tamdee Tamchua daichua daichua Tamchua Waï Wat Alley Alley Thai greeting of respect greetingofrespect Thai Buddhist monastery monastery Buddhist Commoner Commoner Karma Karma Canal Canal Belonging to the king king the to Belonging Thai hierarchical social system system social hierarchical Thai Stall Stall Public Public A generosity of kindness kindness ofgenerosity A Vendors Vendors

Action equals reaction reaction equals Action Stability Stability Lord of the Land (The King) King) Land(The ofthe Lord

Bangkok Bangkok 22 Consideration for others’ feelings feelings others’ for Consideration The opening of the alley onto the street the street alleyopeningonto ofthe The Means: “It doesn’t matter”/ “don’t worry” “don’t matter”/ “It doesn’t Means: 1809 1824 1851 1868 1910 1925 1935 1946 – 2016 present present

aspects cultural and societal the demonstrated research inthis of outside Thailand. lessunderstood in resulting beliefs of set and culture specific the to due a theurbanization fraction inBangkok. onlywhat of is represents site, research the snapshot, That Bangkok. in urbanization overall the to comparedsmall is that Bangkok in area specific a on focus its to due limit demographic a represents the interview started. understanding/results from final the interviewees; despite the physical presence and and explanations before researcher the by given explanations between gap a also was There honesty. the Thai language,factors many could influence answers such moodand as personal interests, During the data collection process, whilst questionnaires used for interviews were in in were interviews for used questionnaires whilst process, collection data the During In ofthisresearch following: thelimitations are summary, the research present the of limitation a also is Thailand view, of point geographic a From It itself. site research the of consideration in is research this of limitation Another 3. 2. 1.

Thai culture that cannot necessarily be applied to others countries. Thai culture necessarily thatcannot others countries. applied be to The of current research isa site inBangkok. fraction urbanization Misunderstanding theresearcherand between interviewees. 23

ground of ‘twingroundof common a providing place, in choice of significance the of awareness simultaneous induce occasion. and place to respect with once at meanings associative and transitional realm. It overlaps and reveals juxtaposed domains, a location that presents multiple

spatial continuity, an an continuity, spatial inside and the outside, one space and another. Opposed to a concept of continual transition and between is proposed as the architectural reciprocityreconciling between different domains: the in- The 1961. in Eyck van Aldo by discourse architectural an into Buber Martin of work the (M.Kärrholm, 2012,p.120) describing the space between buildings. The conceptual problem resides in the in resides problem conceptual The buildings. between space the describing naoim es h ised n wy o noprt dfeecs Eiaeh rs gave Grosz Elizabeth differences. incorporate to way a in instead the lens antagonism Kärrholm,preciseor effectsabout(M. 2012, p.120). nature its definitions given for both ‘ both for given definitions has a form-giving role in any settlement and is a container of different function has aform-giving acontainer roleand is inanysettlement of space in-between Therefore, spaces. outdoor and indoor between relationship the by defined

C ONCEPT OF THE THE ONCEPTOF 2.1.1 From a literature point of view, ‘in more to the house or more to the street and hence is a part of both more of is apart tothe to the street house ormore andhence inter you how on ‘depending which threshold a like something spaces, it connotes the meeting of two spatial programs, often the meeting of private and public Often, the role of the architecture is wrongly confined to the basics of the geometry the of basics the to confined wrongly is architecture the of role the Often, n em o te rain f pc, opeiissol nt e bevd hog the through observed be not should complexities space, of creation the of terms In Nooraddin (2002) defined that the in-between space in-between the that defined (2002) Nooraddin THE IN THE “The “The in - phenomena’,as - BETWEEN SPACE IN IN SPACE BETWEEN I -between space was, simply put, a place full of interrelations. In a sense N CHAPTER in -B bten pc euiae a atclto bten pcs ih a with spaces between articulation an elucidates space -between ETWEEN ETWEEN in -between space -between aarticulation means1968) (Eyck, ofdialectical of sets S PACE

II A

WESTERN CONCEPT WESTERN – - between space’is a concept initiallyimported from

ITERATURE ITERATURE 24 ‘or ‘ ‘or

interstitial space interstitial R is a place created and spatially and created place a is

EVIEW ’ making impossible to be to impossible making ’

The in-between spaces in-between The .”

. pret it, belong it, pret plethora

“in the of explanations and descriptions interesting non-place esrd eoe e tr wneig o ht oto gz i a b aeal. We amenable. places form; in pure exists It neverplace. to the apply things same the that add should be may it gaze of sort what to wondering start we before measured non-plac a be will identity with concerned or historical, or relational, as defined be cannot which space a then identity, with concerned and historical relational, as definedbe can place a “If The lackrelationshipactivitiesThe between has of architecturethe anddefinedunder been movement,and timespeed;space andtheirintricacies… the identities that constitute it. One could say that the in-between is the locus of futurity, in transformations facilitate to new, as up itself open to threatens arrangements, new or realignments by formed experiments, and juxtapositions by formed in-between, The becoming that generates and welcomes the new without which the future is not possible. of or latency, of subversion, of excess the require also yet identity, of logic the within operate that structures, organizations, spaces, all are by they and as culture, insofar by architecture, politics, by shared thus is which that is in-between This terms. different in relation, another reconstituting to becoming, own its to one the of other “…The in “…The olwn Gozs eiiin bv, t a b udrie ta te “ the that underlined be can it above, definition Grosz’s Following relations of positivity define, by default, thespace define, positivity asin- relations of isconstituted by that default, whose others, of but another of just not identity, the of outside the is forms whose but outside its not is which outside, the from form, its itself, receives and on takes which spa a space, a not is in-between the of space The allows into being, all identities, all matter, all substance. It is itself a strange becoming. the of position The fundamental identity, lacks a form, giveness existence. and nurture. Yet it is that which facilitates, material all of condition the … The in-between is a strange space, not unlike the choric space that Plato posed as posed Plato that space choric the unlike not space, strange a is in-between The ” - or “ between is what fosters and enables the other’s transition from being the being from transition other’s the enables and fosters what is between non-lieux …; .Woe nrcdne dmnin mgt sfly be usefully might dimensions unprecedented …..Whose e….; ” whichbe can emphasized throughthe following: ” 25 - between” ce without boundaries of its own…. its of boundaries without ce (E. Grosz & Eisenman, 2001a) (E. & Grosz Eisenman, 2001a)

pc i trs f conceptual of terms in space in bten ak a lacks -between

in between.” -between

” Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

identical process but they are persistently altered according to the circumstances. Therefore, circumstances. the to according altered persistently are they but process identical o repetitive a of part not are they city, urban the in especially 2003), Richards, & (Pearson ways,which are not alwaysnegative. However, agreed space and time are social constructions different in evolved gaps such city; the of neighborhoods many in produced gaps diagnose development. living urban the of creativity continual the in exist that environment materiality the and 2) we Finally, 5). p. population local 1989, the 1) between relationship the explain (Harvey,to vocabulary new a need potentially it upon form personal own our impose to try we when artificial by its nature is and properties, and often, citythe shape of a city a is based on our towns, imagination; small and villages unlike Moreover, discourse. cultural and cross-cultures, diverse ethnicity and the electronic and the virtual communities express themselves in terms of to related are flows diasporic while control and restriction powers, politics, aspects, in different appears nation-state The 197). p. 1996, (Appadurai, communities virtual and electronic and flows, diasporic nation-state, the of composed are dimensions diasporic its and locality i.e.localinvisible emerge,although culture. they areoften space,liminal edge,2016).Heath,as & buffer a and spacezone, smooth/striated (Can soft threshold, betwixt, boundary, public/private a interface, an as space in-between defines ht, oiie r eaie tts Hne ta kn o itreit sae f continuous of state intermediate of kind productions thecursorin aconstant puts orinanzone gray “ that Hence, states. negative or positive white, or black definite anygiving without story,ending never a is process production their because on which theon which sc are rather like opposed polarities: the first is never completed; they are like palimpsests ruses’ of ‘the invention of the everyday’ and ‘the arts of doing’ ... Place and non it; in themselves reconstitute The states of the in-between space or place become ironically abstract too. Itvariously placebecomeironicallyspacein-betweenor statesabstracttoo. ofthe The Following the impacts from cultural factors of globalization stated earlier, it is easier to a to changes affect directly which globalization of factors cultural important The can identities globalized and identities local a between differences radical result, a As oee, bv epaain o “lc” n “non and “place” of explanations above However, rambled game ceaselessly andrelationsrambled ofidentity is rewritten.” relations are restored and resumed in it; the ‘millennial the it; in resumed and restored are relations 26 - in lc” are place” -between (Augé, 1995a, p. 79, 82) (Augé, 1995a, p.79,82) ” spaceor place. ” e facto de incomplete

-place -place

r Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. neighborhoods (Brooks-Gunn, 1997; Narvaez & Lapsley, 2009) for various developments. developments. various 1997;NarvaezneighborhoodsLapsley, & for (Brooks-Gunn, 2009) are contexts and contexts, are neighborhoods sense, this In interpreted. and generated both a be can view, action social of meaningful which within point contexts, of set another or context, a From is neighborhood meaningfully. conducted and initiated be can frame that and 213) p. 2003, (Fardon, performative and interpretive, reproductive, productive, as social such different with neighborhoods and spaces by objectives. Neighborhoods, in that context, provide the frame surrounded of various kinds of human action and located is it where are the by defined spatially and created is space a Indeed, logical. fully as perceived not is difficult to set a stable a set to difficult ay with vary

control.with any human commonor logic of sensebehind.is out Every the creation of a localityand its neighborhoods, or the creation of a city,often does not comply lxbe rn spotn a ag pnl f ciiis ofrn opruiis o unexpected for opportunities offering activities, of panel large a supporting arena flexible The “ rm avys huhs bv, bu hw pc ad ie tuge oehr i is it together, struggle time and space how about above, thoughts Harvey’s From objective qualities of spaceobjective of qualities andtime can such arise struggles.” outof New conflict. social of arenas definitions of is what the correct time andplace for everything as well as of the proper become frequently space and time of conceptions More significantly, the class, gender, cultural, and religious political differentiation in the social order. place might be, physically as well as socially, is to challenge something fundamental that in what challenge to that and place one’s in put be to means it what furthermore, for place and time a is there everything and all of that us, at some level of idea meaning, know what our place the is. We all know, in example, for children, instruct still indicates structure socio-spatial a distinctive roles, capacities for action, and access to power within the social order. We within place of assignment the identification, of act mere the beyond and over But abound. identity and place of representations such of manner and meaning the over struggles Ideological ….. reproduction. social of processes in implicated deeply are time and space objective of definition “…the describedDavidspacethe following: and Harvey suggested

space-time and activities. The activities. and space-time in -between space definition of a space because ‘ because space a of definition ” concept could also be interpreted in many different ways which “ in -between space -between 27 a space a ” ’, in its abstract or actual forms, actual or abstract its in ’, also seems to be an open and open an be to seems also (Harvey, 1989, p. 149, 418) (Harvey, 1989,p.149,418)

a a Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

means of articulation of spatialarticulationmeans differencesas of of transitional rea Within those locales, in-between spaces are necessaryto hold the quality of in-between modes: an4); and overlapping 3)recessed or edgespaceatdifferent the spacesor between (Figure 5). (Figure around spaces other with related directly is which Viennaof center in- in space betweenthe of example an is Stephansplatz spaces, defined among or between lying space a 2) from endeavors w people risky and spontaneous and unregulated, often discovery, and exploration the inhabitants and the visitors. visitors. the and inhabitants the as well public, asand private the outside, and inside betweenthe relationthe in shapingrolea opposite two the play interfaces interactional as are buildings between being in Spaces system. urban the of aresupports spaces public open and Buildings city. the in space breathing They can be subdivided into the following spatial conditions: 1) a layer at the edge of spaces; spaces; of edgethe at layera 1) conditions: spatial following the into subdivided be can They relation-making. spatial functionality: in-between the as perform and spaces dominant other and ecology. include: architecture,urbanism, interrelations social within life, economical activities, culture,

The ho are living in the neighborhoods. Hence, the “in the Hence, neighborhoods. the in living are ho In -betweenspaces Figure 4- A space or Figure4- between amongSteph lying defined spaces at from a Westernfrom concept a Additionally, the “ the Additionally, 28 in -between space -between

fall into conditions of between-ness of fall between-ness conditions of into - lms between” can represent a sort of sort a represent can between” (Heidegger, 1971, p. 7). 1971, p.7). (Heidegger, ” management does not does management ” ansplatz ansplatz

expressions of expressions

A summary of the in-between significant forms from a Western concept appears on appears concept Western a from forms significant in-between the of summary A

intermediary places as vital as layers of neighboring interactions neighboring of layers as vital as places intermediary Figure 5- Overlapping Figureor5- or atspace edgethe recessed b

etween different spaces at Stephansplatz different etween spaces at : separations :

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 6 between sequential-making places. 5) Spontaneous uses: creating spacious clarity, possession in movement, and lingering clarification on edges. Spatial 4) realms. nearby strengthening reinforcement Spatial 3) settings. neighboring with involved become gradually can which people in zones transitional nearby or are in participations domains Detached defined connective, 2) create associations to mandatory and refuge of place a and pauses Interval 1) 201): p. 2007, (Laiprakobsup, follow the as emerge whole the and parts and connections and

05.Mroe, n hiad rvt adwes r alwdt bidsal lanes small build to allowed are landowners private Thailand, in Moreover, 2005). caused the decrease of land parcels and the increase of landowners (Hara, Takeuchi, & Okubo, unavailable due to the rules of inheritance and legal division lan of private private properties decades,which directly those during is out point to factor Another needs. community’s the accommodate to used and available made being land of parts many in resulting created was Thailand in capitalism 1932, in Revolution the Siamese after since and feudalism later, from transition century a than More city. the of areas main the bridge permanently to and of the Chao Praya River and Historically,commercial and trading activities were mainlyconcentrated along the river banks and a Buddhist school, a crowded zone of residents, a public school- school- public a residents, of zone crowded a school, Buddhist a and years-old 157 a place, sacred other each to next features everywhere roadsin the city. small chaotic of myriad a and fragments parcels, lonely numerous with puzzle a and resembles disorganized completely looks Bangkok effects, causal those From parcels. adjoining to cross-connections few with roads main the from land private their to access get to Thai) bynearnessinfrastructuresall impressivelytransportandnoodled by electric cables. school A small is called lane ,

2.1.2 oe hn w hnrd er ao Kn Rm I (1782 I Rama King ago, years hundred two than More One result of historic unplanned zoning at the research site are arguable incompatible arguableare site researchthe at zoning unplanned historic of result One and last but not least, an incredible presence of narrow lanes and urban niches served niches urban and lanes narrow of presence incredible an least, not but last and THE IN THE

a Soï - BETWEEN SPACE IN IN SPACE BETWEEN ( ซอย ) in Thai. It is the official name used to connect the main road to a s Thai. maintoIt is the connect a the official in road to used name – Klong collocation - in the same block of shopping malls and offices, a offices, and malls shopping of block same the in - collocation Prathumwanaram (small canals). Logically,the needs increased to build roads T HAI CONTEXT HAI 30 monastery, a 98 years-old 98 a monastery,

– 89 fudd Bangkok. founded 1809) Wat

mallstreet. Prathumwanaram Prathumwanaram Srapathum

6 ds were ds ( palace soi in

residents,society, etc.). developers, property (officials, concerned supposedly are who city the of of actors the lack between collaboration a of lack idleness, a process, planning urban the weaknesses: in policies Thai and regulations traditional of consequence direct the is situation produced gaps which are called are which gaps produced situations these consequently and results, and functions of term in situations incompatible heterogeneity radicallyof suchnext to eachother, different has places,right inevitablycaused spaces. private or public pavements, or corridors as such realms functional of typologies certain to of both for places indicated simply be between cannot site research the of space residing in-between of Consideration intentions. enjoyable or outside and inside between transition inside-outside space (Brookes, 2012). Form this point, external nor internal neither is which space of design The tension. of line or threshold differentiation, border, transition, connection, a The research site is one of the most important economic places in Bangkok. That current

h stain f nlne znn hs rdcd lre eeoeet. That heterogeneity. large a produced has zoning unplanned of situation The Figure 6 Figure6

“in - between space.” between – The of the overview research site – 31 may best be described as a third type of space: space: of type third a as described be best may

In in -between space can also be known as known be also can space -between -between space is a place for pleasant

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. life that information is ephemeral. Inevitably, when the way of life becomes versatile, long- versatile, becomes life of way the when Inevitably, ephemeral. is information that life constantly so manymodernfeaturesCutting-edgeconvenienttechnologies arerefreshing.offeringto our and changing unpredictably are us around information real-time and processes eachlocality, which isnot easyto predict and define.It is not only is Thailandin an erawhere on amaps and statistics. cityon a its located developimaginationweareaasand through whichasbeliefs landing real unconsciousness 2) on urbansociologyanddemog real, maybe more real, than the hard city one can locate in maps and statistics, in monographs as by quoted Davidkind ofillusion a Harvey city:said about acreate cities which or in differentareneighborhoodsliving who between interactionspeople changes. the Siam area looks like a labyrinthof infinite complexity and diversitybecause of its constant

The way Harvey emphasizes the definition of a city is interesting by covering 1) the 1) covering by interesting is city a of definition the emphasizes Harvey way The Undoubtedly, it is variably dependent upon individual and a collective experience in experience collective a and individual upon dependent variably is it Undoubtedly, The present research focuses on a specific part of the Siam Area in Bangkok. Today, Bangkok. in Area Siam the of part specific a on focuses research present The social of networks diverse contains it because interesting is area researched The “… the city as we imagine it, the soft city of illusion, myth, aspiration, nightmare, is as Figure 7 7 Figure – The Figure raphy and architecture.”.raphy – ground of the siteresearchelements onthe 32

(Harvey, 1989, p. 5) (Harvey, 1989,p.5)

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. accepted andaccepted happened. are things incompatible conditions; soft by formed has where site research the for real is It 2014). Henderson, 1998; Jacobs, & (Fincher citizens its and city a of backgrounds ecological and history classes, social culture, the on depend less or more contradictions aspect, that in Finally 2003). Williams, &Jenks, (Burton, localities puzzling are which contradictions create 2.2. 1967). intervention and experiment/ strategy as well as an easily associated territorial sort (Bettelheim, social territorial dominant a defyand stability of absencethe as and ill-defined an as or 1995) landscape, purpose, size, ownership, characters, and of can include all the negative notions aspects of the city (Lynch, the Banerjee, & Southworth, to relations necessary without space which is unrelated with a specific context. Indeed, the “

identity,view King onBangkok’sRoos Professor of point resident external an From community.housing dense the and palace the spiritualism, and capitalism monastery,a like place sacred a and malls shopping like places secular active, is particularly true for both the old and new, local and global, high and low classes, passive and This space. same the in coexist and replaced mingled, be can everythingwhere development lived complexities are spread among localities and its functions, overlays and surfacesoverlays (superimpositions). city of sharp contrasts, collisions and inconsistencies (juxtapositions),also a space of screens, Westerneye, a city of chaos, a landscape of incoherent collisions and blurring overlays. It is a including spiritual dimensions which mightspiritualincluding dimensions reflect a potentialmisunderstanding.

B ANGKOK Because of unplanned zoning/ spac “ Bangkok is a unique city because it is an explicit representation of the Thai style of style Thai the of representation explicit an is it because city unique a is Bangkok Because it is briefly stated from a geometrical analysis, it depicts an image without image an depicts it analysis, geometrical a from stated briefly is it Because There are difficulties in understanding in difficulties are There ’ S B ACKGROUND ACKGROUND -

O RIGIN ” , es, the research site produced the “

N AME AND AME 33 — summarized Bangkokthe following: as reading in I DENTITY -between space — Bangkok. vice versa

” can be either an open

. Those complexities (R King, 2011,p.1) It is, at least to the to least at is, It in -between space

’ Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. as officially an is island butit Bangkok within integrated today. name of the island is included within the full name of Lawn), is located on the East bank of the Chao Phraya river, on the island of world the in city capital a of name longest the is and 1994) Boda,& Salkin, (Ring, I Rama King the instead of instead city of angels; amusingly, foreigners are often lost when they repetitively hear “ hear repetitively they when lost often are foreigners amusingly, angels; of city Thai people say “ (Winichakul, 1994) (Winichakul, kingdom Siam ho haa ( Phraya Chao the of banks the on located were cities Both 2013). (Bowring, 1782 in Bangkok to then and

as 1351-1767, A.D. period Ayutthaya the of beginning and nationalist ideologies. The capital city of Thailand is known worldwide as worldwide known is Thailand of city capital The ideologies. nationalist and Thailand occurred (Baker & Phongpaichit, 2009, p. 116), and the name name the and 116), p. 2009, Phongpaichit, & (Baker occurred palace the of walls the outside area the to relocated were who merchants Chinese by inhabited area AyutthayaandChao faced Phraya the Royal River. The was Palace along inthe theriver built (« (Noobanjong, 2012) & Sathāpitānon 2003a; Mertens, The old city, with the Grand Palace (the Royal Palace) and the Historically, the Kingdom of Thailand was formerly known to Europeans, since the since Europeans, to known formerly was Thailand of Kingdom the Historically, n 99 a eouin ntae i Prs b a oeg-dctd hi intelligentsia Thai foreign-educated a by Paris, in initiated revolution a 1939, In The real name of Bangkok is the longest city name on Earth. »,d.). Bangkok city of The s. thelongest onEarth. real is name name under the military-controlled Phibun Songkhram government, known for its fascist its for known government, Songkhram Phibun military-controlled the under “ Bangkok a lctd t h cne o te nohn pnnua n otes Asia Southeast in peninsula Indochina the of center the at located was เจ้าพระยา Krungthep” Krungthep” . After Ayutthaya, Thai ancestors’ settlements, were moved t moved were settlements, ancestors’ Thai Ayutthaya, After . ” when they live in the capital city; the name “ name the city; capital the in live they when ” Rvr ot o Autaa Bnkk a frt ad u t resemble to out laid first was Bangkok Ayutthaya. of south River ) associated with two words 34 Krungthep Maha Nakhon, the Kingdom of Siam of Kingdom the . . Siam and was initially independent was changed to the name name the to changed was Krungthep Sanam Luang which which means the great Rattanakosin (Turpin, 2014) (Turpin, ” was given by given was ” Bangkok o Thonburi, o Krungthep (the Palace

, but , ; the ” ; Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

despite use“ today still citizens in2018Thai Thail of capital the name to reference agreed internationally only the became name the foreign traders began saying the name of the main gate to refer to the capital as a whole; since, and was the main maritime gate to go to the city of Ayutthaya (14 km in the North). Logically, Kingdom of Thailand; Bangkok at that time was located on both sides of the Chao Phraya River o te ae onr ses ofsn bt t ok ese fo pol oiis n ethnical and perspectives: origins people from easier looks it but confusing seems country same the for city capital same the to given meanings different with names of duplication the Today, gods. (Hindu-Buddhist) the of worthy greatness and elegance splendor, beauty, signify to intended was name The greatness. and splendor its of because city capital the in themselves establish chosen toconvince and attract people of all Thai backgrounds, both citizens and foreigners, to the context oftheirthe context longhistory.Bangkok certainly is exception. notan identities. Like almost all capital cities in the world, economic those identities must be understoodand within political cultural, social, shape and create events these time in and centuries Historically, the name name the Historically, The historical meaning of the Bangkokname backdates to the Ayutthaya period in the - - Any capital city in the world has its own history built on events gathered over often often over gathered events on built history own its has world the in city capital Any

Thais call thecapitalcity “Krungthep”,City theGreat Angels. of olive trees. olive trees. Non-Thaiscapital city call of the ofolivetrees Bangkok, orthe thevillage island Figure 8 - Ratakosin - Figure8 Island rn Te Mh Nakhon Maha Thep Krung – Grand Palace and the Sanum Luang (The Palace Lawn) (The Grand PalaceSanumPalace theLawn) and Luang Krungthep 35 .”

te ra Ct o Agl) was Angels), of City Great (the

and and Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. traders, is given by the construction of a temple: Wat Yan Nawa (Thai: point of view, which supports the close relationship between the King Rama III and the Chinese and more attractive place (Vella, 1957). Finally, one interesting evidence from an archite achieved the completion of Bangkok and the King who had turned the city into an even greater for the future. After his reign, King Rama III was recognized as the king who had magnificently donations) and to comply with King Rama III’s of wish making Bangkok even more attractive (charitable merit make to order in Bangkok of outside and inside both buildings religious of generated great fortunes among traders. These newly rich Thai traders initiated the construction Europeans, Chinese and Indonesians, Bangkok became a popular international trading city and capital city of the Siam Kingdom, destroyed by the Burmese in 1767. capitalKingdom, city the by theBurmese destroyed Siam of in1767. aristocracy.a few earned the largeAyutthaya,group Originally, in ranks a came from thefirst Indonesians. later Thai changing descendantsand into the language. names under Crown served their Their as today by citizens Thai became known and languages own group their spoke ethnicities last various these Logically, this Makassar, and Europeans, Indians, Mon, but it is known its inhabitants did not have the same ethnical roots: Thais, Chinese, Lao, Cham,

believed that it means “ is it but today unclear is “Bangkok” name the to change the (Bangkok); old Makok Ban the village of banks river the on Thonburi of city capital new his established Taksin King the ships from the sea to the capital merchant city for of Ayutthaya trip (Reid, 2015, the p. 9). shortening After by the fall process of A shipping overall the accelerate and river the on traffic the reduce to shortcuts as constructed were canals countries, foreign with environment town gradually increased its trading and economic importance. Based on a fast growing trading BangkokBaudrand, 1701;Society, & (Maty 1931; or Bancock Banckok, Bancoc, ways: different in Bangkok wrote foreigners receipts, trading in the Sathon district of Bangkok. It has a unique shape of a pagoda ( pagoda a of shape unique a has It Bangkok. of district Sathon the in ( descendants of their ancestor’s success. Implicitly, such construction shows a cultural merge cultural a shows construction such Implicitly, success. ancestor’s their of descendants Chinese remind to then, and junk, Chinese a building by Bangkok of city the to contribution Viharn In the 19 the In Initially, Bangkok was an old village. Due its strategic place as a maritime gate, the gate, maritime a as place strategic its Due village. old an was Bangkok Initially, In the 15 the In . eid h cntuto, h ie ws h Kn wne t so te Chinese the show to wanted King the was idea the construction, the Behind ). th th century, the number of people who were living in Bangkok was unknown was Bangkok in living were who people of number the century, century, during the reign of King Rama III, due to successful trades with with trades successful to due III, Rama King of reign the during century, Village of Olive Trees or 36 Island of Olive Trees” Unesco chronicle , 1957). ; based on literature and วัดยานนาวา Chedi

) and a temple temple a and ) ). It is located yutthaya,

ctural Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. as economic, politic, and social behaviors but we are entering the same globalized culture. culture.globalized as same economic,social behaviors and the are politic, entering butwe networks and marketing today. cultural However, change onvarious depends such conditions, cultural foreign a of The threats potential brought influences. also influences and foreign exchanges cultural of various development of examples visible and tangible the are that realizations research site and should be taken into consideration as a crucial factor of the city‘s city‘s the of factor crucial a as consideration into development. taken be should and site research well p.5). beyond 2004a, (Askew, tourists), (particularly capital/finance and metropolis and the in life the transform to continuing are ideas people and commodities technology, of flows transnational Indeed, alone. metropolis that to unique not are that processes and images by shaped is Bangkok in people the become the city of trends: fashion industry, real estate, and frenetic shopping. The anti-growth, the contingent pro-growth The example. for Thailand, and Bangkok or construction, for million as such projects mega in investing stopped never has Bangkok and architectural adaptedwith the Thai style. between Siam and China at that time, not considered as colonialism but as a colonial exposure, Cons, Bangkok’s identity is arguably a set of cultural layers combined with past architectural These cultural influences that have been taking place in Bangkok can be seen in the the in seen be can Bangkok in place taking been have that influences cultural These invasion Figure 9 - Wat - (Thai:Figure 9 Yan Nawa want the city to eradicate traffic jam, pollution, and corruption. The daily life of of life daily The corruption. and pollution, jam, traffic eradicate to city the want , which is inevitably an ongoing and a never-ending process with social social with process never-ending a and ongoing an inevitably is which , Iconsiam, วัดยานนาวา US$1.5 billion, which it is now the tallest building in building the tallest now is it which billion, US$1.5 ) is an example of Chinese influences in architecture example is an of inChineseinfluences architecture 37 MahaNakhon Pros,

want the city to to city the want with US$620 with

2.3 is created by all ( Eoseewong, 2005). is created(all Eoseewong, by 2005). that happens will unavoidably affect the social relationships of people. Identity is not given but change Any well. as objects Buddhist including institutions, social idea, the forms; various in expressed is which relations, social of arrangement an is culture a definition: this summarizes developments; technologically, politically, economically Anthony D.King: 1998; Storey, 2014). mass-market culture and even superseded by the culture of globalization (Jamesonthe & Miyoshi, by impacted quickly is culture technologies, latest the of adoption fast the with Today, B. point to A point from years two travel to required was it when constraint; scales time the to due changing slowly and slightly was culture wars) trading, (international exceptions few despite Originally, society. Thai the in culture” “modern the to led have developments Such agendas. international on depend often policies national where Thailand, including ideology; Western the follow to particularly routes, social changes often and stops never which 118) agae n wo r Bdhss ee tog te epaie h rta mr ta the than more ritual the emphasize principle. they though even Buddhists, are who and language Wongthes stated: Wongthes stated: ideology”as thecultural influences/norms from countries.North European and America

C ULTURAL ASPECTS IN AN EMERGING COUNTRY CONTEXT COUNTRY EMERGING AN IN ASPECTS ULTURAL Culture, from a Thai point of view, and from a famous Thai scholar, Nidhi Eoseewong, Culture is a constant process of producing meanings (Hinds, Motz, & 2006,p. Motz, Nelson, (Hinds, Culture isaconstant process ofproducing meanings “ by quoted as aspects, different in cultures local affects constantly globalization That “ According to a book about the Thai history, ‘Where did Thai people come from?’ Sujit to wants researcher the chapter, following the understand to order In Thai Thai is not a race but a name of the culture which refers to people who speak the Thai ht etiko a goaiain hne fo dyt dyacrigt different to according day to day from changes globalization as of think we What ”

38 ”

(Wongthes, 2005, p. 188) (Wongthes, 2005,p.188) (A. King, 2004, p. 224) (A. King, 2004,p.224) define “Western define

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. DON and to have a shaved head. Finally, a more international dress code was also advised. Such advised. also was code dress international more a Finally, head. shaved a have to and citizen below shows the power of a military-ruled state to encourage its people with with people its encourage to state military-ruled a of power the shows below wear skirts, pants, stockings and shoes instead of traditional Thai dresses. The following poster to had women and hat, a wear to had men Thai behavior, public in Moreover, language. Thai the changing as such 1995), (Suwannathat-Pian, nonsensical and absurd caricature as a looks it become making to tended concept his Later nationalism. of concept the under policy cultural national the through way the all country the in Revolution Cultural the led concept this of result The power. political his keeping of way a as nation-state the of ideology the and Phibunsongkhram realized the importance of culture; therefore, he bound together Thai culture military dictator, from 1938 to 1944, and from 1948 to (Reynolds, 1957 Terwiel,2002; 1980). period of Field Marshal Plaek Phibunsongkhram, the 3 the Phibunsongkhram, Plaek Marshal Field of period the in felt particularly was culture the of change radical The population. the of hands the to result of the Siamese Revolution, the Thai culture

social of kind a a distinction, isculture that said Itbecan dimension. cultural a having ideologyas an or object,concept,an a practice, a to point therefore we when nations, and groups, roles, genders, classes, categories: of sorts all between contrast and similarity of points highlight can that cultural identities. As Arjun Appadurai mentioned: “Its main virtue is that it is a useful heuristic those of because different is nation or state each and it, to committed deeply are who nation, in people between cement as considered be can it ancestors, by given heritage a is culture a Because generations. by used book cultural/identity a create to themselves appending are 1932, the country changed from an culture, before the rules were changed, was Kingdom-centric. After the Siamese Thai traditional the Thailand, in admitted Generally countries. Western to equal as country the raise to order in modernity different a to country the pushed simultaneously and settings Rama V, during British and French protectorates. During his reign, the King canceled obsolete Asia. external cultures the which South-East country continually have flowedand into around with intermingled have cultures those centuries many For 2005). (Eoseewong, parts social all of accumulation an are cultures Thai observation, Eoseewong’s Nidhi with accordance ’ Ts . Details in the poster clearly discourage holding a load on the head, being bare-chested head,the beingbare-chested on load posteraholding clearlythe discourage in . Details Consequently, the way humans live and related society creates layers of cultures that cultures of layers creates society related and live humans way the Consequently, The significant change of culture in the Thai society appeared from the reign of King of reign the from appeared society Thai the in culture of change significant The (left), advertising how to dress and behave in public in order to be a be to order in public in behave and dress to how advertising (left), tool for understanding and solving problems” solving andunderstanding for tool absolute absolute monarchy 39 – and its destiny to a rd constitutional constitutional monarchy Prime Minister of Thailand and a and Thailand of Minister Prime (Appadurai, 1996, p. 12 p. 1996, (Appadurai, – shifted from the royal court DOs civilized Thai civilized coup d'état . As a direct (right) and (right)

‑ 13). In 13). in a Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 7 today. encouraged that all Thai people were to salute the flag in public places, and this is still accepted 13 April traditional the time. that at of instead Year New the of start official the as 1st January Propagandadecreed Marshal Field the II, War of Minister the Phibunsongkhram built a leadership cult in 1938 and thereafter, in Wichitwathakan,1941, the in midst of World Luang with cooperated government and the the Field Marshal began by to increase the issued pace of modernization was in Thailand and mandates cultural of bunch instill A andlife. Thai nation into the trends Western of progressive code moral and spirit national the uplift to aimed policy cultural cultures Western Phibunsongkhram, of era the In IV. Rama King of social reign the high during classes ruling the by adopted only were cultures Western Noticeably, history. Thai in before happened not had that changes cultural associated and policy a implemented then and 31) p. 2005, (Numnonda, plan development Western the followed He Minister. Prime Thai civilized Figure http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plaek_Phibunsongkhram (accessed 25 10 After 1932,theterm The revolution led to a strong cultural change. Firstly, the concept of a progressive or or progressive a of concept the Firstly, change. cultural strong a to led revolution The

- Poster - from PlaekMarshal the era country was a part of Phibunsongkhram policy and direction, when he became the became he when direction, and policy Phibunsongkhram of part a was country th 7 I adto, i scesv mnae a Pie iitr also Minister Prime as mandates successive his addition, In . nationalism –

left prohibited “uncivilized” left prohibited – dress emerged. 40 th July 2013)

rightpromotes dress “civilized”

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. the “ but that population IX. ofKingCouncil Rama Privy the of Head the as today serves who and -1988 1980 from Thailand of Minister Prime became impractical, especially after the period of General Prem Tinsulanon who served as 16th especially after the coup in 2014 (Prasertkul, 2018). (Prasertkul,especiallyin 2014 2018). coup after the Thaificationto create tojustify authoritarianism,conflicts. has used and been He support said very cf.expanding similar by and of thepowers sustaining authoritarians. wanted and defined identity Thai of Phibunsongkhram was different from the concept of concept absolute monarchy, the reality lied: it was the Although royalty. the from power cultural usurped Phibunsongkhram under a state the principles; As authoritarian constant by culture. but Thai the and Thaification the contradiction, Phibunsongkhram’s modernism and culture were not initiated by the royal court of veneration the country, military-ruled ha citizens Thai leadership, his under was Thailand While arena. political the from them exclude to Chinese, Thai of power economic the limit and divide to set cultural that used Ironically,he dailylife. so-called set values the applying and using were citizens Thai ensured with barbarians. was a civilized and modernized country; initially stereotyped as an undeveloped country filled Thailand about opinions foreigners’ change to Thailand for necessary 2003b, p.330). (Noobanjong, demise own their of seeds the planted elite running Siamese the modernity, and culture Western the to population the exposing by influences; Western of point starting the became then and 225) p. 1980, (Terwiel, classes social all by adopted be to forced were rise in social hierarchies. rise in social hierarchies. to struggling were who people the of hands the into went role this Thaification; define to role coup d’état uh eid o Tafcto, r dniy nocmn, ee goe b te local the by ignored were enforcement, identity or Thaification, of periods Such place in groups elite and politicians keep to argument an as used identity Thai The n aall ih etr clue eoig ted n hiad Phibunsongkhram Thailand, in trend a becoming culture Western with parallel In were policies nationalism perspectives, Phibunsongkhram's form Nonetheless, Furthermore, cited Seksan "Thaification"Mr. as problematic another used thatis idea in 2006 d to accept Phibunsongkhram’s ideologies of nationalism, the constraints of a of constraints the nationalism, of ideologies Phibunsongkhram’s accept to d identity («

นิธิ ” topic became an issu becameantopic ”

เอียวศรีวงศ์ », d.).s. At that time, the state no longer had nearly any 41 e and reappeared as a serious problem afterproblem serious reappearedaand as e and to prove Thailand Thailand prove to and

Thaification

in their in -

the social hierarchy hierarchy lookuponthis as buttoday they an system. unfair the institute as that Thai perceived people have been to obediently respect previously and to had honor. In earlier which times, they Monarchy accepted the of Institution the included also village headmen, politicians, academics, judiciaries, including their masters or their parents. It inevitable ‘clash of cultures’ at the end of the 19 “modernization” or development’, ‘imported of able not tosupportthosepopulation is radicalchanges. the while dimensions cultural related and society, economy, affects which world mutable a in Bangkok (Tepwongsirirat, 2005, p. 27) as thefollowing: Bangkok 2005,p.27) (Tepwongsirirat, identity crisis is due to the incompatibility between the old and the new concept of the Instead, origins. and roots our about understanding of lack to or ignorance to due not is It Considering these questions, it is clear that the Thai society is facing Those a significant identity yet.crisis. found been not conflicts can also have be seen as a wake-up conflicts call for social fairness resolvein the current social orga to solutions adequate and seriousness, behaviors, attitudes, ideology: specific-class a underline conflicts These structure. social the in Thai society. Many times, conflicts appeared along with the changes and adaptations within influences have mingled with local culture. It directly reflects the behavior of Thai people, how and through inherited tothe present. from the past accumulated theThaification, culture, of Thai part the It of part is and time. space in the same Unsurprisingly, Thais questioned that legitimacy of these social hierarchies, such as, such hierarchies, social these of legitimacy that questioned Thais Unsurprisingly, Indeed, a controversy developed between controversydeveloped Indeed,a Another phenomenon that expresses cultural change in the Thai society is this aspect this is society Thai the in change cultural expresses that phenomenon Another upsetting every palanquins, noblemen’s the into interesting run bicycles where elephants, the sacred and pagodas between traditions, in way their make broken trams electric the where their streets their of metamorphosis superstitions, crumbling their amidst basis, daily a on life practical of facet every and institutions public to introduced are which reforms the amidst itself reconcile to time has longer no spirit whose ‘…people The above statement clearly stresses that incompatible activities were allowed to appear The current image of Bangkok seems to be confusion and disorder because outside because disorder and confusion be to seems Bangkok of image current The law of movement known tothem…’ ofmovement law 42 th century. A Frenchman at that time described Elite (Kusno, 2014, p. 196), which led to an an to led which 196), p. 2014, (Kusno, and Peasant

, Upper and Lower classes Lower Thaification

nization. nization.

“ of period a was three in “Modernization” different 2003b,p.36). (Noobanjong, ways the to and “Westernization” the to responded Thailand or Siam basis, as previously through various influences cultures. stated, According from tothe history, with these,to live compared withother cultures. Thai people can accept such chaotic and incompatible situations and sometime are even happy and symbolized by the change of the name of the country. and symbolized by changecountry. of the of the name the is characterized in 1932 by the change from an absolute Monarchy to a constitutional Monarchy this Thailand, In modernized. successfully be to order in westernized fully be must society A necessary. and desirable was modernization that assumption the on based westernization and the lasted until these limits mid-nineteenth century. and (1656-1688), Ayutthaya of Narai King of reign the after permitted was contact Limited the original way of transportation in the city. Due to reliance on canal traffic, Bangkok was was Bangkok traffic, canal on reliance to Due city. the in transportation of way original the were which canals of instead used were roads example, For place. took constructions modern many which in Bangkok in particularly aspects many change to had Thailand colonialism. Siamese tradition were andancontested relegated inferior to status. the are signs obvious most architectural styles. While the the works the in tradition were celebrated,Euro-centric those in the Among visible. plainly is inclusion Western of evidence Siamese traditions astheir guide. use to tried but West, the from learn to servants his instructed 1868-1910), (Chalalongkorn Western adopting carefully by concepts, practices, modernization knowledgeinstitutions, and cul a engage to order in westernization apply selectively to was principle main His 1850s. the in reformation of path a initiated 1851-1868) (Mongkut IV Rama King Siam, In encroachment. Western with cope to elite ruling Western Firstly, from the early eighteenth century through to the mid-nineteenth century, there there century, mid-nineteenth the to through century eighteenth early the from Firstly, dailya on being built gradually is it but suddenlyappear, not doescultureAdmittedly, Secondly, there was an “ an was there Secondly, hrl, hr ws “ a was there Thirdly, h Erpa ifune nraigy ae p uig h srsfl eid of period stressful the during up came increasingly influence European The neighbors, its as fate colonial same the to succumbed time that at Siam Although rejectionism. reformist imrjce etres n etitd otc wt them. with contact restricted and westerners rejected Siam ” embracing pro, h ms pplr lentv fr h non the for alternative popular most the period, ” ” period when Siam when period ” 43 ture. Mongkut’s descendant, King Rama V

embraced both modernization both embraced

spires or Prasats ( golden and roofs tiled orange and green its with style Thai a has part upper the while style European an has structure the of part lower the that differentiate to possible is it at, looking carefully By styles. Italian or Renaissance European with specifically concepts, architectural ปราสาท Thinang meaning literally Chakri, Phra name the given was hall throne new the Thus, Palace. Grand the and Chakri of House the of centenary the on 1882, in completed was hall throne The building. the of spire central final the of raising the supervised personally King the H.M. 1878 In roofs. Thai and spires Si Phraya Chao of insistence the Suriyawongse Bunnag),(Chuang his Minister, Chief H.M. the King decided to add golden the at However, domes. with structure an wanted European King the entirely H.M. first, At 1876. 7, May on began construction The Hall. Throne Prasat Maha Chakri the construct and design to Rose. C. Henry helper his and Clunich John dayIndonesia) in 1875, H.M. the King Rama V brought to two Siam Englishmen, an architect

( Prasat Maha Chakri Thinang Phra the complex: Palace Grand the at located significant many of architecture The East’. Far constructions ofthat also time resulted from European movement. this the of Venice ‘the name other its given wih evs s h trn hl, ul o a elci bed f hi n European and Thai of blend eclectic an on built hall, throne the as serves which )

A significant example of this architecture obviously influenced by European style, is style, European by influenced obviously architecture this of example significant A Building in Bangkok in Building Bangkok Figure ปราสาท 11

– Western adaptationThaification andinfluences building in same the : Castle). After a trip to Singapore and Java, in the East Indies (present the seat of theChakri of the seat 44

dynasty. Building in Vienna in Building Vienna

พระที่นั

งจักรีมหา ่

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. owning Western- owning pedigreeby civilized a acquire to desired simply who those or architecture Western of beauty exotic the appreciate to learned had and abroad studied who princes mostly family, royal the as quoted by Noobanjong: of thinking, behaviors, and expressions, obviously in the middle class and the upper class as a a as classupper the and class middle the obviouslyin expressions, and behaviors,thinking, of and hasconstantly since culture. influenced Thai the decorative appliances an arts tasks were marbleand Carrara,Italy. used from imported i.e. commissioned to the foreign architects Mario Tamagno and Annibale Rigotti. Luxury materials สมาคม

(Thai: Hall” Throne Samakhom “Ananta the called building old the replace to Figure ). Its architecture mixes Italian Renaissance and Neo-classic styles which have been been have which styles Neo-classic and Renaissance Italian mixes architecture Its ). “…employment opportunities for Westerners also arose from high ranking members of A lot of Thai attitudes have been adopted from Western attitudes in several forms: way Over the years, such esteem for the Western culture became deep-rooted in Thai society Italian sculptor Vittorio Novi and his nephew Rudolfo Nolli were employed to perform In 1908, H.M. the King Rama V commissioned the new construction of a reception hall 12

– Example - of EuropeanBangkok architecture within influence style structures and who built their new places in the Western their newplacesstyle built structures andwho inthe manner…” (« Ananta Ananta Samakhom Throne »,Hall Implicitly,2015). 45 Ananta Samakhom Throne Hall ThroneHall Ananta Samakhom (Noobanjong, 2003b, p. 148) (Noobanjong, 2003b,p.

พระที่นั

งอนันต ่

IV)Mongkut reignH.M. the King (Rama of found inThailandarchitectural inthe were styles Western globalization. the of conditions the to linked is and investments associated its and same inBangkok. process visible is the and world the in cities many in politics international and national both and investments, tourism, (internships), stages academic through ways different in place take can integrations and changes Cultural capitalisms. external and internal by promoted and supported been has where the Western discourse, development in addition to every other Western form of culture, of Western culture. favor in neglected and abandoned been has culture Thai traditional Consequently, education. be can that aspects modern in expressed alsorepresented and by condominiums, private architecture such residences. as malls, shopping are They power. spending their of result and Foster thisperspective: offer Abel neo-colonialism, of Interms colonialism. of form new a of concept current the to linked Bangkok which was, and is, the economic center in of Implicitly,Thailand. this recent global movement is particularly fate same the 290). followed cultures p. Thai 1998, contemporary (Deutsche, of public Movement the for culture preserving of name the in cultures those of artefacts collected also have individuals these hand, other the On network. business their destroy to for a modern imperialism, so that individuals who represent economic interests do not hesitate The economic dominance above has taken place in Thai society, especially in Bangkok, require theirnow tomaintain economic own andwell-being dominance architecture that of of part cultural all and commercial penetration is forms of local It cultures which the extinction. former colonial virtual powers Western their of point culture-form, the to forms local Western dominating other every to addition in have, should we that inevitable is it hegemony, cultural Western of expansion and The current development in Bangkok architecture still reflects the power of economy of power the reflects still architecture Bangkok in development current The “The economic imperatives of neo Furthermore, the “protection of culture for the public” has historic In the same way, behavioral and intellectual patterns were implemented through formal other cultures in order to bring them into many spheres of capitalism and extend and capitalism of spheres many into them bring to order in cultures other

-colonialism, which make necessary the continuation 46 (Abel & Foster, 2012, p. 161) 161) (Abel 2012,Foster, p. & ally provided an alibi .”

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. recognized as the tallest building in Bangkok at 314 meters and 77 floors featuring floors 77 and meters 314 at Bangkok in building tallest the as recognized was and 2016 December in opened was It (OMA). Architecture Metropolitan for Office firm a of form the in corporations multi-national from flows of processes cultural exchange” in found be may identity human and architecture between relations complex the of evidence dramatic most the of “some styles: mainstream by replaced being noticeably in foothold quite a is style architectural local the established Therefore, 140). p. 2003b, and (Noobanjong, Asia Southeast began Colonialism and Imperialism Western 1851-1868. “ architectural profession is kind of prohibited occupation for foreigner architects the main topic discussed in the city and was sued by the Architect council of Thailand because 358). p. 2007, Lee, & (Baumeister architecture in universalism eluded! I eluded! building are the most expensive condominiums in Bangkok. Thaification has been completely Residences BangkokRitz-Carlton the inside retail The ofThe residences. stores 194units and design, and a world class team including German Architect Ole Scheeren, partner of the design of area business Bangkok.2009 withauniquedevelopment on23July announced MahaNakhonofficially was central Silom/Sathon the at located is site construction The skyscrapers. niiul i a lbl otx, ihu ay oa cnet The context. local any without context, global a in individuals Information Centre », d.),Information unfortunately Centre they s. lost. MahaNakhon” An interesting continuation of the Western styles was the recent investments and capital t is certainly an outstanding building in a globalized world which fully representswhich the world globalized a outstanding in an building is certainly which means which Figure (Abel & Foster, 2012, p. 149). &(Abel p.149). 2012, Foster, 13 - - MahaNakhonProject the great metropolis great the – Globalized universalismand architecture 47 . The project included luxury, mixed-use mixed-use luxury, included project The . mega-project

Consequently, the project was was project the Consequently, , which was initiated by by initiated was which , mega-project

(« Real Estate s called is

a hotel, hotel,

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. dimension. dimension. spiritual a for not but perspective design a for only considered are ornaments those because dance nail Thai the of actions the of one also and hat bamboo traditional a include does it shape; overall the create to artifacts local and building, ancestral ornaments, sources: various from inspirations

the expresses design its of concept while Bangkok and theSiam square. closely to Pathumwan located next intersection, tothe Associates, & Boughey G: ROBERT by designed (BACC), Centre Culture and Art Bangkok 3D designs of the project before it started. 3D designs the project before of started. it Figure Another representative building for modern movement of architecture in Thailand is Thailand in architecture of movement modern for building representative Another h am a t cpue h mdr apaac o te e acietrl tl in style architectural new the of appearance modern the capture to was aim The The approach iscompletely than theMahanakhon different project. 14 - - Bangkokand Art CentreCulture (BACC) . At least, this is the expression of Thaification even if it does not go deeply deeply go not does it if even Thaification of expression the is this least, At .

Figure 15

– Shape created building variousartefacts. Thaiof from the 48 – Merge between modern architecture and Thaification modern Merge betweenand architecture Thaification hi spirit Thai . Indeed, architects got got architects Indeed, .

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 8 Siam an as functioned architecture over power Western the Westernboth, for aspects some in 2014), (Kusno, colonization for the instrument that thoughts with accordance in is Bangkok of sense strong with usability reflecting the dynamism of Thai modern practical, Art. The Western influence that has affected be to has building the Furthermore, culture. Thai the from conventional Thai architecture. As we can perceive, the building significantly contains artefacts 2.4 noted that the change is accepted by the Buddhist doctrine and a change occurs in every society. in authority today’s of cities spaces main the of one become has space contradiction The globalization. of representation one also is culture Sharing conditions. these of emblematic is city global The crossings. border continuous and differentiation, internal culture), corporate (dominant 146), and globalization. could as beseen p. 2003b, (Noobanjong, oppression colonial for tool a as served purpose their and creation

decisions by several monarchies and different governments. decisions bygovernments. monarchiesand different several Feudalism (Nitaya, 1999, p. 136). Historically, the social class structure emerged from various in India, but was produced to control people by making social differentiations (Dubreuil, 2010). (Mydans, 2001). However, this situation reflected fiefdoms a under strong hierarchy, were not like who the slaves caste structure or peasants 2) elite and nobles family, royal the including land person’s class ruling the 1) classes:social two into divided erawas this that in society ThaiThe ownership. with accordance in is status or dignity person’s a that stated which law a enacted He administration. public the within reform great a established 1488, to 1448 from Siambeforewas June24name an as1939, the Thailand used of

S OCIAL CLASSES STRUCTURE IN THE THE IN STRUCTURE CLASSES OCIAL 8 , and the Siamese ruling elite over the indigenous population. The process of their their of process The population. indigenous the over elite ruling Siamese the and , The key concept of BACC follows and refers to the architectural style created by the by created style architectural the to refers and follows BACC of concept key The To fully understand the impact of the globalization on Thai architecture it has to be to has it architecture Thai on globalization the of impact the understand fully To Interestingly, globalization is a contradictory space; it is characterized by contestation bycharacterized is it space; contradictory a is globalization Interestingly, n hiad te hi oil ytm s called is system social Thai the Thailand, In Initially, (A. D. King, 1996; Lin & Mele, 2012; Nugent & Vincent, 2008). Lin(A. Nugent& D.King, 1996; & 2012; 2008). Vincent, Mele, Somdet Phra Ramesuan Boromma Trailokanat Bopit Trailokanat Boromma Ramesuan Phra Somdet T HAISOCIETY 49 d again from 8 September 1945 to 20 July 1949. again d tofrom July September20 8 1945 1949.

ad na sakdi n cniee a a Thai a as considered and , a King of Ayutthaya of King a ,

&(Nelson 2009). in Thai Contributor, society bearersand inpolitics office in the past determine thepresent ofa status ‘notably person; continue tobe done deeds charitable that belief the with linked is society monarchical a in discipline the and or to the hierarchical system, to elites and the upper class. Agreed is the idea that the feudalism Thai people, by being tractable, docile and submissive people, especially to submissive elders, theirdo notquestion rulers. philosophy Aristotle’s which system, monarchy the the last centuries. The Thai values system was built upon the historical and cultural heritage of Thaification. The custom of favor, in Thai in favor, of custom The Thaification. society has evolved the classunder system or hierarchy for a significantly long period of time. and life, of way Thai the of part a become has attitude This example. for close, too come people poor when safe or comfortable feel not do people rich reasons, some for wealthy, the and or class, upper the elders, for respect as senioritysuch has concept This concept. dominated many hierarchical aspects of Thai culture. The idea of the hierarchy is observed the in the system of emphasized and attitude peoples’ shaped has and social hierarchy. level physical different a at both pose they floor; the on prostrating are students while chairs on sit Teachers teachers. their to respect paying for hands their in pedestal with tray flower a with knees their on crawl Students juniors. and seniors of ranks in seen students, and teachers o principle The Day. Teacher’s the on teacher the to respect paying called ritual the is hierarchy of example An disrespectful. deemed is it today even coin, the on appears head king's the because coin Thai a on step to extremely rude and scales considered is it hierarchy: interpreted of examples other many are locally There 4). p. 2004, to (Wilson, measures according calculated exchange an of accounting acting slow- reciprocity,the generalized aroundorganized relationships certain in practicesinvolved and feelings the describes It caretakers. and teachers guardians, towards as well as parents, Indisputably, that system of social class in the society has dominated Thai people overpeople society Thaithe in dominated class social of has system Indisputably,that Inequality is the basic idea in Thai society, due t due society, Thai in idea basic the is Inequality Those social class structure and cultural systems of values established the reputation of Respect for hierarchy is a very important value for Thai people and certainly a part of part a certainly and people Thai for value important very a is hierarchy for Respect (Applebaum, 1992, p. 80); master and slaves relation i.e. Thai citizens citizens Thai i.e. relation slaves and master 80); p. 1992, (Applebaum, believes in the ‘born to rule principle,’ as defined by the the by defined as principle,’ rule to ‘born the in believes bun khun bun 50 f hierarchy dominates the interrelation between interrelation the dominates hierarchy f , emphasizes the indebtedness towards towards indebtedness the emphasizes , Thaification o the approach of ‘born to be’ which be’ to ‘born of approach the o . It can be said that Thai that said be can It . thedominantideal

represented pyramid: classic through a be can class social in hierarchy The values. Western with fit not does which class social of system a in citizens Thai pushed that inequality of system old an as seen is hierarchyThai the equality; Western equality might be associated with a a rejection of the Thai hierarchy. Actually, established has and change, cultural with contradiction between the traditional Thai declined value of hierarchy and the modern Western value of have to seems spirit the same, the look rituals though Even successful. very be to proved has which subjugated, people keep to

In Thailand, the traditional hierarchy system has been an important control mechanism Figure 16 - - Ritualof the Day Teacher’s Figure Lower class class (low income) Lower 17 - - Socialclass in Thailand Wealthy/Noble Middle-class Bourgeois 51 family Royal Elite - Hierarchical - principle

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. (Tepwongsirirat, 2005, p. 204). The result of such hierarchy established the route to a power a to route the established hierarchy such of result The 204). p. 2005, (Tepwongsirirat, take to person the force pressures economic that actions the and community, the by approved code is based on rural and tradition also set rules for ceremonies, hidden taboos, and behaviors a is law constitutional civil state’s The westernization. by in brought trends and system hierarchical The old the of combination component. class lower the especially people, the by society, the state represents the written or formal law, but there is a community law represented Thai in Generally, ideologies. differing of confrontation and formation the to led has this and feudalism still remains a significant obstacle, trying to preserve the separation of social classes rich and noble people since Thailand had previously been ruled in a feudal system. feudal a in ruled been previouslyhad Thailand since people noble and rich powerful, the include honor and seniority to respect Thais class. lower the especially about, nqaiy f edls cnrbtd o h rgm cag fo a aslt mnrh t a to monarchy absolute an constitutional democracy.a Itthe democraticwas steptowards world. from change regime the to contributed feudalism of inequality Consequently, social inequality leads to discrimination in the economy and power. In 1932, the it because conditions society. Thai in functions still whichhierarchy such of result a is Inequalitypeople. oppresses economic modern suit really not does which system hierarchical the strong not is hierarchyold the of system the

influence. therefore and wealth financial their to due politics in powerful became time, with and sphere, from case the politicalin this group isaminority were Chinese who excluded like the initially fifty years ago, the role of the elite changed, both in rural and urban areas. One obvious realnot the power theThai in elite. of These days, society. of thenotion the equality isstill from protect theirespecially businesses equality, to toachieve inspired activities because they political in participate to wanted Chinese the Afterwards, expertise. their and skills their of to appear in the modern Thai society, such as the Chinese who succeeded in commerce, because indistinguishable from the ruling class. For the fewpast decades, new groups of people started of sort a creating diaspora other, each on relied mutually they Consequently, benefits. the associated and profit-making for culture and ideals its used elite the Additionally, culture. public Tha the of mainstream the become to culture elites’ promoted and supported increasingly power,they political of sliceget a to started Later,theywhen culture. and idealselite’s by the Although today the middle class has appeared as a counterbalance in Thai society, society, Thai in counterbalance a as appeared has class middle the today Although The Thai bourgeois stood below the ruling class and above the peasants, as dominated as peasants, the aboveand class rulingthe below stood bourgeois ThaiThe Thais have been ingeniously cultivated to recognize and behave with to Forty past. the differentfrom is Thailand aristocracyin contemporary the However, inside the current feudalism resulting in the lower classes considering the bourgeois bourgeois the considering classes lower the in resulting feudalism current the inside

as in the past, Thai society is still dominated by dominated still is society Thai past, the in as 52

in their social class

Although Although

example i Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. produce to conditions significant the is structure class the Consequently, do. they anything in space or level their at stay to tend people These slum. a in inhabitants as such status lower of those (Lao, 2015). As a consequence, the ambition to achieve in business is poorly developed among is far preferable to have the patronage of those you,above in order to remain peaceful and safe it and inadvisable, as viewed is status higher of someone Challenging status. higher of those for success rather than seeking great wealth and power, and that the poor will continue to serve ambitions modest have only will people poor that expects society Thai poor. the of flexibility called KingVajiravudh;called be social chances,Bangkok which especiallyin abig city ishighly like competitive. will person superior the then lacking by and oppressed is class lower the Therefore, person. inferior conflict, to favor in and benevolent no be should there successful, be to that and the patronage of someone superior like the police or the government. Thai culture also says money to cover state costs. This decision led to an immense criticism as people heard that the that heardpeople as criticism immense an to led decision This costs. state cover to money sufficient get to and crisis economic the solve to abroad money borrow to decided VI Rama payerswereunable to pay taxes hencereducing state’s incomes. Subsequently, H.M. the King tax was crisis this of resolution effect direct The over. was crisis financial the economic until people to assistance of part As give increase.to and country the save to order in reserve treasury costs the use to had state the mechanisms, living the from public suffered and who farmers subsidize servants to had state the problem, the tackle to and context, specific from 1910 -1925; the sufficiencyeconomyled also to insufficient incomes for the state. In that 2.5 declinedgap relationship. aform shaped space between has of themina rbes n fiue rgrig ie rdcin n h rin f .. h Kn Rm VI Rama King the H.M. of reign the in production accumulative rice of regarding failures because and movements problems political and economics past of activities financial point of financial and economic historyin Thailand. Itsintroduction was directlyrelated to the

E CONOMIC The relatively strict structure of the Thai class system does not easily allow the upward 2.5.1 The introduction of the sufficiencyeconomymovement became the significant turning the social gap social the

H ISTORY OF THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ECONOMIC THE OF ISTORY B ACKGROUND IN IN ACKGROUND

of inequality of

who was the sixth monarch of Siam under the House of Chakri ruling T HAILAND that is mainly between poor and rich people. Such social Such people. rich and poor between mainly is that

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 9 to leading opportunities business better investments and profits. For these reasons, the elite groupof families also had opportunities to got and privileged became multinationals such Consequently, capitalists. Thai with cooperated they unless businesses local operating from prohibited were companies multinationals however, period, this During subchapter. previous relationships patronage of form the in politics and bureaucracy state the in both connections various established families these Moreover, investments. big monopolybelongedto a few elite families that had easyaccess an to land, important factorfor access to sources of capital and new technologies in the way of transnational cooperation. Such elite families. Those businesses were simply a monopolyprotected bythe state. Theyhad easy of businesses includingthe groupThaigolden familyof age aswas the considered1997 crisis was beforeconsideredThaitime andperiodcharacteristic eventually capitalism.the of of The before the Thai financial crisis of 1997, which was referred to as the "Tom Yum Kung of systems economic and political Thailand. the both affected radically most which the change, was It important regime. monarchic the overthrow to used successfully Party People's the which situation, untenable an in placed was state The situation. normal a to and problem the successful in solving the financial problems, and was not capable of leadingthe countryout of could not improve the severe financial situation of the country. Consequently, the state was not and effective not were measures these However, state. the from salaries earned they because people ordinarythe than tax more payto had who servants public on especiallyincreases, tax announced state the 1932 Inservants.public to allowances of paymentthe stopping including country, the throughout precincts the of abolishment the and positions, many in commission of out servants public putting by budgets state the cut and control strictly to state the pushed began in 1929 with “the Wall Street crash.” Inevitably, this Global crisis affected Thailand and reduce his private budget. Moreover, at that period, the global economy was in recession, which public budgets,the number of state public servants in and ministries, hevarious also agreed to The same crisis continued to influence the reign of Rama VII(ruling from 1925 -1934). This king was the onlySiamese monarch to abdicate. He introduced a policyof decreasing the economicfacinga major crisis. state was not managingadequately the state budget and treasuryreserve while the countrywas Tom is ashrimp spicy Kung Yum soup lemongrass nte iprat eid f h eooi hsoy n hiad ae bc 4 years 40 back dates Thailand in history economic the of period important Another

which is a famous Thaiwhich is a famous dish. 54 – as clearly explained in the in explained clearly as

Crisis” Crisis” Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. eiin; ht s as n plce t pooe h ae o is uiess Tee political These businesses. its of area the promote to policies and laws is that decisions; State’s of charge in politician the also whilst successful, surprisingly is business politician’s political arenainvesting domesticto form and within an network international markets. the enter directly will businessmen Progressively, oligopolies. dependent mutually forming together cooperate usually politicians, Thai of groups or capitalists, Thai of groups words, other In family businesses. family large to of owners are related politicians and ministers usually because businesses are connections political all Thailand, for Especially 100,139). to enter into theThaiinto to enter market! and Thais elite and market, the multinationals took advantage of on the circumstance; it was available a good opportunity for multinationals were assets Logically, problems. financial their resolving to order in multinationals these in shares capital their their sold reduced or conglomeratesbusinesses family Thai of number a Consequently, freely. more businesses some do to allowed were multinationals capitalists: Thai for measures protection investment cancel to had state the result, a As economy. Thai the damaged and impacted severely that a sgiiat ek ons epcal i acsig aia ad ehooy sources. & (Phongpaichit corporations technology multinational and capital transnational of and capital accessing in entrycapital to the own due their especially risked increasinglyhaveconglomeratesConsequently, these points, weak significant has in industries of still Thailand Therefore, country. process industrialized recently a of category developing the into falls Thailand The arena. global the of in terms in accomplishment inferior still economic are capitalists Thai therefore, today, of world competitive the In areas. related their in technologynew a or innovation producing than rather products copying or importing only still were businesses these However, country. the within domains various in investment and development the accelerated significantly and spearhead a as functioned groups these Simultaneously, succeed. to basis yearly a on up built constantly were which

their developed families of businesses( infamilyconglomerates Some else. anyone than easily more businesses, their expand to the Thai currencydevaluation oiis ie tnil bnft fr hi uiess T spot h saeet a statement, the support To businesses. Thai for benefits tangible gives Politics Generally admitted, the economic crisis in 1997 was an unpredicted and newly event newly and unpredicted an was 1997 in crisis economic the admitted, Generally These groups of multinationals groupsTheseof multinationals camealong with amountslarge ofcapital itrcly te aoiy f hi uiess n gop ae aiy conglomerates family are groups and businesses Thai of majority the Historically, – and due to a technological superiorityover Thai companies. Contagion andConvalescenceContagion 55 , 2007; Unger, 1998). 2007; Unger,, พงษ์ไพจิตร – mainly due mainly , 2006, p. 2006, ,

to educatequalityof lifetheir children. or their improve to chance limited have and incomes, their increase to capitals financial access to difficulties significant had population low-income the result, a As society. Thai on effects negative to led resources natural these accessing in Inequality resources. natural nation’s the of most depleted group this Inevitably, interests. of conflict a without someone for impossible is easier to generate a significant personal wealth increase, often hidden to the public in the Thai society. interests of conflict the of example further a was it that realized citizens Thai role. state a for as alsocompany chair servingawhile the chair mightservingof individual as treaties.The be sign would interest and authority overlapping with individual An state. foreign a and State companies’ businesses other over take to or/and dominate opportunities, positions of aand establish responsibilities, a sort

ubr f epe i srosy fet te hl scey a hpee i Taln i 1997 in (O’Brien, Stapenhurst, & Thailand Johnston, 2008) in happened as society, whole the affects seriously it people; of number being ofthemarketandand scale notexpansion activity. scope economic of well- in improvements by progress measures constantly which economy new a capitalism, of opposition the sustainability, economic of strategy experiment/ and intervention social the haswellconsumption been understoodgenerations. for consciousness,localstrongest.The and closest the are there relationships because probablyareas urban in than areas countryside in readily more occur conditions hypermarkets market such However, with laws. on compete depending solely can without shops local many Consequently, capitalism. same the as gives benefits which consumption, promotes ultimately localism but patronage, of form the in relationships, through stimulated are fair-trades Local hypermarkets. like corporations multi-international with deal and negotiate i.e. bodies local to government the from power Obviously, politicians who were also business leaders paved the way to corruption. It corruption. to way the paved leaders business also were who politicians Obviously, 2.5.2 In rural Thailand, the political p political the Thailand, rural In Capitalism is driven by large businesses, both domestic and international, led by a small by supported is society Thai within consumption local of value the of awareness The expansion into international markets were possible via treaties between the Thai the between treaties via possible were markets international into expansion

S UFFICIENCY UFFICIENCY

E CONOMY

known as sustainability, supports local spending and localsustainability,spendingknown asand supports local

hilosophy “localism” is used via a policy to devolve to policy a via used is “localism” hilosophy . Every time there is a financial crisis, for a particular 56 – vn opttr. ae eitwee Thai where exist Cases competitors. even decision makingdecision monopoly – normally

to Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

and a conditions in rapidly world. changing following the crisis, he suggested solutions for living in a stable and a King sustainable environments the And happened. crisis economic which the before years several people philosophy, Thai for guide a a as provided as regarded be can economy Sufficiency reasonableness. economy.” “sufficiency the called the economic crisis. The concept was widely accepted as an alternative economic approach and after mainstream economic the follow to necessary not was it that suggested also He policies. way sustainable a in grow to country the enable to guideline a as concept the applying finally and country, the of condition his Majesty’s 4 birthday, on 2005) crisis happened. the before capitalism excessive of impacts negative the about warned always IX Rama King the H.M. by rekindled and promoted was sustainability the Thailand, Initia citizens. Thai the of life of way the to related closely is “necessity” such because

protests. economic sustainability often created and of forms alternative for look and rethink to people lead failures worldwide, even or country, unity and compassion this will lead us to live forever..." live lead usto forever..." unity andcompassion will this We should not strictly hold on to textbooks, but we should seek the way of cooperation, useastyle ofmanagement ofpoorpeople. will the attitude suiting Those we backwards. But retreating. go and declining ominously to been have us countries industrial advanced lead would it progressive, highly were we country if progressive because a be to want not should We country. progressive highly a not are we and reasonably live we enough, modest are we country, rich a not are We "... The concept of H.M. the King wishing Thai people to accept and understand the real real the understand and accept to people Thai wishing King the H.M. of concept The Thai people realized and understood the situation from H.M. words on the occasion ofoccasionthe on words H.M. from situation the understood andrealized people Thai However, the idea of a sustainable economy is not a new a not is economy sustainable a of idea the However, (Puntasen, 2001,p. 558) th December 1974: – s n poiin f onre wt lbrl market-oriented liberal with countries of opposition an as h tr sfiiny eeal mas oeain and moderation means generally sufficiency term The – loyalist movementsloyalist

Translated from Thai to bythe fromThai researcher English Translated 57 (Hess,peacefully not 2009) or

concept in the Thai society Thai the in concept “Tom Yam Kung” Yam “Tom

lly, in lly, (Ho, –

its threeits consist pillars of: greed and immorality (Pruetipibultham, 2010) andgreed(Pruetipibultham, 2010) povertyand2009). even(Chalapati, immorality reduce to concept moral a but crops, harvesting for tool a just not culture, to relates strongly and btat ocp, t s oehn ta pol cn lo civ truh h apiain of application the through achieve the ThaiwhichBuddhist areof society. principles,a significantcorner-stone also can people that something is it concept, an is abstract it Despite life. daily the moral, in as wisdom and such perseverance, skills patience, integrity, soft awareness, strengthening 2) implementation efficient an and planning the before making decisions. The main criteria for achieving sufficiency economy are economysufficiency achieving for criteria main The decisions. making before world. outside the from environments cultural and social of dimensions in both changes critical with coping for balance a be should consciousness This consciousness. and intelligence diligence, awareness of morality and honesty, and knowledge to organize life with patience, perseverance, encouraginglevels. Thus at all businessmen andofficials of public those especiallyethicsand morals promote and strengthen to needs societya Simultaneously,processes. implementation knowledge and careful consideration using different academic disciplines to cope with and plan expert require changes Such changes. outside and inside both from arise could which impact administrations, and supposedly helps to increase the stability of the nation amid globalization. citizens Intheir classes. details, social whateverit does lives, communities, cover private state 2. 3. 1. moral

Summarily, the philosophy of sufficiency economy ( economy sufficiency of philosophy the Summarily, Reasonableness Risk Management others, forand moderate example, producing consumingat a level. Moderation from such action. from such action. all involved factors and with a careful anticipation of the outcomes that may be expected There are other interesting definitions about the sufficiency concepts that sufficiency that concepts sufficiency the about definitions interesting other are There h sfiiny ocp rmns epe o eieaey otmlt al conditions all contemplate deliberately to people reminds concept sufficiency The any from it protect to system immunity an needs generallysociety a of Sustainability its and country the for meant is behaviors and life for approach philosophical This principles 1) knowledge of various academic fields and domains are important for important are domains and fields academic various of knowledge 1) principles

– not doing something too little or too much at the expense of oneself or or oneself of expense the at much too or little too something doing not

– the level of sufficiency must be made rationally with consideration of

– cope with the likelihood and withthe cope likelihood associated impact. 58 Sufficiency Economy Sufficiency

, 2007) and 2007) , knowledge

King’s isthe expectation.that it said be efficiency. can it economy, or maximum capital external on depend completely the not does life Consequently, achieve to land of piece small a of management water and land stable for farm animals. It became known as the ratio 3:3:3:1. Significantly, it is a principle of and various crops at 30%, and 10% of the area for a house including (animals for food), a small orchard an 30%, at field rice a 30%, at lake saving water a are which parts four into land the divide to are theory the of essentials The living. sustainable and housing for land organizing

to get by emphasized that Thailand should change and revert back to a sufficiency economy. He said He economy. sufficiency a to back revert and change should Thailand that emphasized King called “Trade Economy.” Given recurrent economic problems, he strongly and repeatedly 2011, p.49). (Bardi, later decades three than more criticized and screened and 1) p. 2008, (Cousins, Rome of Club the to 1972 in presented perspectives economic and ecological from growth to limits before it was presented to the public; it does coincide with a worldwide conscientiousness about experiments that he hassince conducted 1974and he has continued toperformfor atime long background of the of background historical The lives. stable more with live can they that so poor mostly are who majority the n 94 h ig rsne ast fies nild“e Ter, tepoiin of provision the Theory,” “New entitled ideas of set a presented King the 1994, In Inherently,the A critical factor of the economic crisis derived from the globalization which H.M. the H.M. which globalization the from derived crisis economic the of factor critical A ( ความพอมีพอก Figure new theory new 18 ิ น new theory ). The theoryhas been designed for promoting the welfare/wellbeingof - Concept - managementofland economy fromcon sufficiency the

came about by the King’s own experience which he got fro got he which experience own King’s the by about came

is a kind of sufficiency economy in terms of economysufficiencyin terms is akindof 59 cept cept having enough having

m Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

2006): of threethe confluence(Adams,constituent parts protection environmental and (« development social development, economic as such goals, orratherindividual athan within theof an confines family. society of whole the and communities individual in both considered be should it step, first the forHowever, society. Thai of fabricis the which principles with Buddhistaccordance is it because societyin Thai possibility is a and solution economicalternative an be to supposed is unfortunately,many people and economists do not understand. However, sufficiencyeconomy philosophy, same the repeated and emphasized strongly possible, be would it that believed and potential suchseen has the KingH.M. countries. otherfrom productsbuying from arising costs of reduction a to lead will this communities local for Consequently, savings. personal increase and products foreign importing for need the reduce will they economy, sufficiencythe of principles the follow people Thai If markets. local to surpluses self- the own sell and their support, for products these use would communities local the and communities and percent of the existing capital. Savings would include the agricultural production in rural areas would be reducedby75 percent, that whichmeantwould aeconomy sufficiencyneed only 25 economy trade export and import Thailand’s that expected He country. the of economy main the by used currentlycapital the of one-fourth need only would economy sufficiencythe that Sustainability », 2016). Next was developed a Venn diagram of sustainable development atdevelopment sustainable of diagramVenndevelopeda was Next 2016). Sustainability», The 2005 World Summit on Social Development identified sustainable development sustainable identified Development Social on Summit World 2005 The Figure 19 - Venn - diagram developmentof sustainable 60

interestingkeyswhichbasic are needed in Thailand. four proposedand regulation moral of systema conceptas economysufficiency the reminded (Maslow, 1943). (Maslow, social through resources provide to agreements; state these four needs can be found in the hierarchyof needs developed the the last century by supported be to required are and person and housing medication. clothing, Noticeably, these four food, needs are important life: but they cannot of be supported by needs a single basic the provide and encourage should society Moreover, culture. consumer the on for dependence if, their difficult decrease to more strives also society is example, sufficiency level social a On consumption. of world current their minds from passion, which is one of Buddhist principles, even though it is difficult in the free to learn to have just they words other in have, they that things with themselves content with aguaranteedsourceof food. live they simultaneously, and water, on money of amount significant a spend to have not do water and food as long as they are still plentiful. Consequently, people in the agricultural sector sourcesof arethe asnaturalwhich provides forests, such costs and some materials production injured and suffering.injured and be destroyedbut other community networks are still crucial to offer first aid to people who are communitya can adisaster, naturalcaseof Thaior share In communities. in their sell, change harvest, to produce, to networks and relationships social on depends also but individuals on principles of the sufficiencyprincipleseconomy. of the with line in economy alternative real a construct to suffice would levels these Probably, stakeholders. the of one only support not should It people. of groups all for flexible be can utr i isl spree wt mrl biain. lblzto ad h Ta sufficiency Thai the and Globalization obligations. moral with superseded itself is culture on people and its surrounding eco-system(plants, animals, natural resources, etc.) but the main Thai society. To clarify, the main fe te ol smi, n 09 ih Ewrwn, rnwe Ta historian Thai renowned a Eawsriwong, Nithi 2009 in summit, world the After h frt e is key first The Th is key second The Finally,the fourth keyis The kernel of the sufficiency economy depends on variou on depends economy sufficiency the of kernel The e third keyis the the h sca structure social the

economic responsibility level

clgcl structure, ecological politics culture of sufficiency economy ; politics should be an instrument of negotiation which 61 i wih niiul lv, hy ut r to try must they live, individuals which in , hc cnrbts o h rdcin in reduction the to contributes which : food,for example, depends not only is a regulatory vision focusing s “cultural aspects” in the in aspects” “cultural s

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. being which paved the way towards the modern course of life seen today in the city. in thepaved city.waybeingthe modernwhichlife the towards course today seen of well- greaterand information to accesshave printing. to population generalthe allowed changesThese and medicine, education, in time that at the society Thai in Portugal, changes numerous to Denmark, led France, with relations diplomatic Netherlands, and Germany,respectively.The relationship between Siam and the United beganStates King the that After 1856. in IVRama King of reign the until relations diplomatic into enter not did but III,Rama form of Bangkok, and the United States of America came into contact during the reign of King

economicstructureand identitythe city of socio- the on impact greatestthe had has trade free system,monarchical the Besides creation. be can It identity city’sthe of part days.important an been has systemmonarchical the that these said legitimately remains still and emerged has inequalities of structure political and socio-economic a King, Devine the in belief this of result a as Additionally, rituals. royaland architecturalstyles throughforms in variousexpressed beenhas idealor imagerythis result, a and borrowed were King”. As Thaiwasto or “Divine kingappliedThe“Dhevaraja,” king. referred tothe Thai as concepts Hindu Historically, god. was of King reincarnation the the also be Hinduism, but to In believed only, itself. ‘Kingship’ King of the concept of the imagery by and influenced substantially concepts the by influenced not was however, city. the of architecture the affected directly King the of imagery divine socio- of mixture a of result a is Bangkok of identity the developments, economic constant to Due Bangkok. of city capital the especially cities, culture, attitude, people’s affecting and society Thai the principlesthe reasonableness of Buddhism. and self-sufficiency the importance the of people reminding King the H.M. of effort constant the despite minds, population’s the in confusion strong producingbut society,Thai the of destiny economies are often perceived as an antagonism, which contributes to the unique character and Aspects of free trade affected the cityas far back as King Rama IIIIV. and Siam, in the 2.5.3 Both economic movements mentioned earlier demonstrated the economicalof identitythe demonstratedmentioned earlier economicmovementsBoth Past economyhistorydirectlyinfluenced Thaification!

E CONOMIC INFLUENCES O INFLUENCES CONOMIC cnmc hne. s rvosy etoe aot h ct’ hsoy the history, city’s the about mentioned previously As changes. economic N T HAIFICATION and thenthe creation ofThaification 62

The city’s identity, city’s The .

practices sexual the sloganafor(beer). commodity (Keyes& Tanabe, 2013, p. 216); it has to be said that sadly the concept of Thaification became Thais” the for and by,of, companyinsurance life “The slogan its with insurance life Thai the and deprived of its aura bymalicious advertisements: Singha Beer “The pride of the nation” or during(Keyesthe economiceconomyTanabe,crisis& 1997 2013, p.221). of (Connors,Thaksin 2007,p.263). governments Thaificationand mainpurpose its demonstrated and examples: be can through different whole.as system a society, Thai in classes social of structure the affected also that treaties similar with continued empires international other Treaty, Bowring trade Western prevent to attempts anydiscouraging thereby China, with War Opium First the during might military its bilateral unequal demonstrated had Britain that consideringnegotiate, to position a in not an was Siam as contract was Treaty Bowring The England. of Victoria Queen of ambassador reignof King Rama IVwhere a treatywas signedin 1856 with Sir John Bowringwho was the hiiain Tashl-hi; vtl cnmc ed ope wt te eugne of resurgence the with via coupled donations, need (Taylor,2008, p.126). nationalism via economic people, vital local the a by Thais-help-Thais; reimbursed Thaification: be can loans said monks logically monasteries, 40,000 With loans. (IMF) Fund MonetaryInternational the reimburse to money economy, its constraints, and has usedbeen byreligious local authorities, asking Thais to give 2002). covers(Sinnott, relationshipsit identitywhensame-sex transgender and Thaification is understandably addressed and analyzed for specific questions in the Thai society considered as components of Thai economic miracles (Bishop & Robinson, 1998); the topic of nesadn te oi-cnmc tutrl dniy f ago dts ak o the to back dates Bangkok of identity structural socio-economic the Understanding - Thaification has been significantly weakened the past decades with its adaptation with - Thaification has been ripped awayfrom its traditional, theatrical, or religious context the with (consumerism) conflict in perceived was and breached was Thaification - under pronounced more was advantage economic for Thaification of leveraging The - From a contemporary point of view, the economy is directly and constantly questioning - During the 1997 crisis, Thaification was completely colluding with the globalized the with colluding completely was Thaification crisis, 1997 the During - – prostitution prostitution II Lme & ’tn, 2014) L’Etang, & Lamme, (III, – adrltd e nutis Ata,20) hc ih be might which 2002) (Altman, industries sex related and 63 its associated Thaification associated its Atr .. h Kn sge the signed King the H.M. After . , and the economic the and ,

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. the 20th century.the 10 2.6 suggested by Buddhadasa Bhikkhu Buddhadasa by suggested ego; consequently, without isthe wayaccumulationit humble characterof of Thai of people. live to tryto people teachesthat principleBuddhist a byformed is character this less, or more atmosphere is important for keeping their own relationships in Thai society.It can be said that, peaceful a maintaining because 189) p. 2005, (Tepwongsirirat, harmony superficial, least at sharingand helping each other. This is a wayof dealingwith one another and for maintaining, seen often are People submission. or friendliness respect,show instead will and confrontation avoid to tend people Thai societies. of organization the into especially and beings living of Thai culture. The passive attitude extends into manyaspects of life, including environmentthe as accumulated has that non-violence with living of principle Buddhist a with accordance in that creates acreates that Buddhism realm, means a society formed byunselfish people. Dhammic Socialism is a system the in Socialism, and reality, true the means Dharma words: two by composed is Socialism Dhammic Such Socialism. Dhammic called is it all, at ideology political politicalany with or the system of definition the with concerned not is socialism Buddhist ideology. political terms of Buddhism, socialization socialization Buddhism, of terms in But society. a to relating directly principle Buddhist key the individualist, not socialized is natural; with live to people teaches harmony unselfishnessin asociety. andwith eachother it because world the in people for style life appropriate an be coexistence, in Buddhism, which is the same as Dhammic the Socialism. Buddhism, however, can intention, the is This plants. nor animals neither are there water: without i.e. existence;

Buddhadasa Bhikkhu ( Bhikkhu Buddhadasa

A NTAGONISM OF HUMAN VALUES VALUES OF HUMAN NTAGONISM s at f oit, udim s o spriil te er o Bdhs, agt and taught Buddhism, of heart the superficial, not is Buddhism society, of part As Typically,the Thai way of life focuses on the concept of living in harmonywith nature Consumerism isthe death spirituality of in deed, people do not like to be alone and mutually depend on one another for theiranotherfor on one andalonedepend mutually to be do notlike peopledeed,

normal Thai social life, social : พุทธทาสภิกขุ , May1906 , 27, a spirit a r socialism or 10 , is living in harmony with one another; to simplify, be simplify, to another; one with harmony in living is , –

of social justice, and stuck with the reality. Socialism reality.with the stuck and justice, social of S PIRITUALITY VS PIRITUALITY – May 25, 1993) was a famous and influential ascetic-philosopher Maywas o 1993) 25, a famousinfluential ascetic-philosopher and 64 (Chua, 2002). hud e nesod s ifrn fo any from different as understood be should .

C ONSUMERISM

f Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. from a negligent understanding and misinterpretation of its definition, believing that if a person arisen has seclusion term the of use the and concept the about Confusions life. of quality the time used for the seclusion is intended for energysaving and working time in order to enhance Bhramagunabhorn, is a well-knownis a Bhramagunabhorn, monk, intellectua Thaian Buddhist 11

7. h tu vle s once wt stsyn te ult o lf ascae wt chanda ( with associated life of quality the satisfying with connected is value true The 27). 23- p. 2002, (PhraDhammapidok, value fake is other the while ; value true called is value of of life with limited needs. Both categories lead to different dimensions of value. One dimension f elso. hy ad teto t wr ahr hn osmto, n re t cet and create the prosperityimprove oftheir industry” to order in consumption, than rather work to attention paid They seclusion. of their work. Therefore, in the period of the Industrial Revolution, people abided by the principle love to trained were They sale. for and self-support for things other and goods of production Buddhismextravagance, of the opposite i.e. aof austerity) life the with it compares and greed) lifestylesof different cultures. from oneself freeing express to Buddhism in used term and cravings of tanhaandof ( cravings without without limitations. The second one is called tanha called is One categories. two into divided are desires split; a is there this, about detail greater becauseconsumption (Scott, 2009,p.157). of itscommercialization otaito wt Buddhism. with contradiction ฉั

Prayudh Payutto (also P.A. Payutto; (also P.A.Payutto; Prayudh Payutto นทะ ), while the fake value only pampers unimportant things in life mostly for the passions the for mostly life in things unimportant pampers only value fake the while ), ( ตัณหา InBuddhism, the concept ofseclusion must alwaysbe coupled with perseverance. The The modern world can be coined as coined be can world modern The Poetns nta o sedn al f hi mny in money their of all spending of instead “Protestants For this reason, Phra reason, this For Yet, the Buddhist principle of desire is opposite to the principle of consumption. In consumption. of principle the to opposite is desire of principle Buddhist the Yet, ); which means passions, or cravings, greed and grasping or unsatisfactory needs,greedcravings,or unsatisfactorymeansand graspingwhich passions, or ); ตัณหา ). ).

Thai Dhammapidok “Protestant “Protestant ethics taught a life in “seclusion” and “saving” contrary A : : ประยุทธ์ ปยุตฺโต

, ป Bdhs i i a aslt cnrdcin with contradiction absolute an in is Buddhism , . อ 11 . chanda ปยุตฺโต consumptionism 65

explains the concept of “seclusion” (this is the is (this “seclusion” of concept the explains ) (b. ) known also 1938), byPhra current monastichis title, ( ฉันทะ l, and a and prolificl, writer.

(PhraDhammapidok, p.30 2002, ) ; which means diligence for quality which seems to be an absolute an be to seems which .

etd hi svns no the into savings their vested

‑ 33). 33). (in Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. with to those of other religions and European countries where the wherecountries Europeanand religionsother of to those with compared economy same the have not do Buddhists application. and definition its in rooted increasingtheir needs the enoughgetspleasurethe population never happens:opposite fact, In costs. living their cover to income sufficient get they when happier population and analyzed been criticized(Panaioti, 2013,p.83). has notion that if even pain, their surpass far should pleasure people’s that idea the also is It pleasure. of amount maximum the get to power their in everything do rightto the havepeople all that idea the is That 448). p. 2001, (Pantasin, hedonism of concept the is which ‘utility’or ‘pleasure’ as ‘happiness’ to leads consumerism conventional Western non- a 2011), Mishra, 2015; (Ennenbach, suffering of end the or ‘happiness’ explain principles Buddhist the context, consumption a In qualityarepeople’sgoodfor of life. that seem to be hard for people to understand in the consumerism world; even if such principles a good quality of life, the other one leads to a poor quality of life. These are two kinds of desires between distinguish to how oneto leads two choices:who have people Principally,desires.unwholesome and wholesome know not do people many is confusion significant most The life. of qualitycertain a preserveto needs also seclusion into goeswho person A seclusion. of oppressing someone else. Most people, even Buddhists have often misunderstood the definition not and little too not much, too not means it that way middle the called is concept solitarythe in consumption of wayThe desires. from fire the extinguish to or remove to means Seclusion conceptunderstandingof seclusion.correctBuddhist of the lives alone it is because that person does not need others (in a group). Indisputably, it is not the desire is not ‘real’,is not desire greed and desire in people’s minds; following the Buddhist principl suffering: increase to leads happiness that because sustainable not is consumption by caused h ihrn dfeec bten udit cnm ad h olwd eooy is economy worldwide the and economy Buddhist between difference inherent The h iiil i o te rdtoa eooy s o rdct pvry n mk the make and poverty eradicate to is economy traditional the of aim initial The non- that suggests economy Buddhist Seclusion in Buddhist terms is better understood as living a life without fictitious needs. viceversa – throughHedonism , and finally leads, and suffering. to

– udit ol cl i ‘ufrn’ ad whereas and ‘suffering’, it call would Buddhist and never achieves satisfaction. and neverachieves 66 udit etr ‘apns’ n hedonism and ‘happiness’ Western Buddhist – andHedonist becomes traditional es, pleasure from greed and economy began. economy

– while Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

The number of fully understand Thai behaviors. They agree it is difficult to change any behaviors in a country.not did they because succeed fully not did they but Thailand in problems economic resolve from Western behaviors.people’s Related to this trend, some west to show their snobbism. This behavior within contemporaryThai society is not totally different riches,” attachment the is It dilemma. human the of 2.7 Thaipart of upbringing. unhappiness, despite Thai people having the knowledge to overcome the dilemma. This is also obviously is face attitude’ to individuals these lead eventually ‘consumer that Thaification, of parts as the beliefs, with associated hand, other the On decades. last the over occurring passes into regrets, and we often become greedyand fearful that we haven’t had our fair share. met, is rooted in our desires, and our desires are rooted in our selfish and self-centeredness attitudes on the renunciation of craving; the usual Buddhist metaphor is the quenching of fire. Suffering not an iteration of nihilism or anysort of radical relativism. Renunciation in Buddhism focuses definitely most is Buddhism enlightenment. or harmony,happiness, of renunciation the mean pleasuresthat Buddhism tries toovercome. government awayfrom an absolute monarchy and would bring a democratic system that would the move would reforms democratic these thought He -1910). 1868 from ruled who Chakri of House the under Siam of monarch sixth (the VI, Rama King of reign the in place took that

T we feel discouraged, abandoned, and resentful. Every moment of “happiness” eventually“happiness” of moment Everyresentful.and abandoned,discouraged, feelwe HAI In Buddhism, there is a notion called the ‘middle way’; that tries to under enhl, otmoay hi epe ie o hw hi mny ie “ like money their show to like people Thai contemporary Meanwhile, The problem is that we become attached to our desires, and when they cannot be fully be cannotthey when and desires, our to attachedbecome we that is problem The not does doctrine this but suffering, to end an brings renunciationthat teachesBuddha happiness Hedonism arepairedin modern and capitalism. Thai politics changed considerably after the administrative and educational reformation but they are not happy! It is an improper manner. They are even willing to pay more payto willing even are Theymanner. improper an is It happy!not are theybut P OLITICAL LANDSCAPE IN THE LAST CENTURY LAST THE IN LANDSCAPE OLITICAL coup d’état in Thailand is evidence of a 67 – r dependency or recurrent non-pacifist behavior attitude

– n hns ht rn those bring that things on ern economistsern tried to help stand the heart nouveau

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. ie i lcl esaes bt i nt fet h etr pltcl ytm ecp some except system, political entire the affect not of modernization did but newspapers, local in times many appeared regime the in change democratic of ideologysuch Later,aim. their achieving before arrested were they king, the as ideology same the implement to was aim their though

Palace of1912Revolt (Thai: parliamentin the country,key beingwith a institution. the allow people to increasinglyparticipate with a constitution that would work as the supreme law particular localized context… localized particular within domination and control social of exercise for practices and techniques codify which “ that “ that Ratsadon 1932, during the reign of Until King Rama VII,a created. Siamese group of military not and civil officers called was time, that at expectations highest the representing was which repressiveway” ifrn lclte, contexts localities, different and unpredictable events. and unpredictable situations in unstable with coping been has societythe that interactionssocial interrelated and complicated discloses It naivety. of lack its underlining as well as conditions, social impact Foucault who considers dimensions of “ of dimensions considers who Foucault Agnello, Baldwin, Christensen, & Henry,2014, p. One194). of (Stringer,the well-known theories is byproposed theorists conflict by terms macro-social under explained and analyzedbeen has it and eluded be cannot power of notion the conditions, and circumstances the to (Surhone,system & Marseken, Timpledon, 2010, p.25). political current the of foundations the created and Thailand of history the in even important democratic ideology. Later historians agreed that the Siamese Revolution of 1932 was the most o hne h cuty rm n boue oacy o a to monarchy absolute an from country the change to From the andabove, from a Thai perspective, politics is alwaysexercising its power to conclude that there is an intimate relation between the systems of knowledge (discourses) (discourses) knowledge of systems the between relation intimate an is there that conclude no The application of the democracy was delayed because a group of soldiers started the started soldiers of group a because delayedwas democracythe of application The The Thai political system has significantly changed and adapted over time, according time, over adapted and changed significantlyhas system political Thai The

utopian scheme can ever hope to escape the power the escape to hope ever can scheme utopian (Thai:

คณะราษฎร (Harvey,1990, p.45). Politik Buro Politik ; meaning"People'sin implementingParty")succeed their ideology , กบฏ which was holding power. During that period, the constitution, the period, that Duringpower. holding was which and n sca situations” social and

ร no relations of power without resistance”. without power of relations no . ศ .

130) andthe absolute movedagainst monarchy.130) Even scrutiny of scrutiny 68

the micro-politics of power relations in relations power of micro-politics the Cae 19, . 0) n las to leads and 303) p. 1997, (Crane, better – knowledge relation in a non- a in relation knowledge eortc ytm ih a with system democratic He concluded He

Khana

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. constantly political historychange.Thaimainlycan threedivided into periods: be time politics Thai because mistake serious a is only facet one Considering multi-faceted. is and period,the impactglobalization, and inthe same oftheas way cultural being.

amongst the their power was pragmatically and practically limited. Political power at that time was scattered fact, In areas. all in resources allocate decisively to power absolute held Kings the that think power of the kings, however, is often misunderstood in the Thai society. Some people wrongly The way.practical a in limited was that authority royalhad therefore, kings, The today. exist they as systems, bureaucratic have not did they and service in officers of troops have not did Siamese kingdom that existed from 1351 to 1767. Thai Kings had limited royal authority. They f oil utc dfes n vre o clua bcgons Itreain eit hr the where political exist culture isguiding Interrelations backgrounds. cultural on varies and differs justice social of budgets to support democratic activities and needs to protect the population. However, the idea justice” beequally arbitrarilybut should distributed distributed. and allocated be not should resources/budgets cultural Crucially, conditions. different under budgets, or resources, of distribution and allocation the understanding: of matter a is which lever. It can be proposed that politics in the cultural domain is considered as a

not address the bureaucratic system as in the present, where deputies of ministries carry out carry ministries of deputies where present, the in as system bureaucratic the address not did people These official. ruling a as classified was whoever byheld was power political that 6) 5) 7)

called the be can this and 1932, June of 24th the to V, Rama King of reign the after period The the called period be summarily can V Rama King of reign the before period The time conditions, social to according adapted are and change always ideas Political Like many countries in the world, Thai politics usually has multicultural dimensions multicultural has usually politics Thai world, the in countries many Like the two sides coin. ofthe same Inbrief, during the old Thai period, the Ayutthayakingdom (Thai: h pro atr 92 wih a b cle te eid f a of period the called be can which 1932, after period The democratic elections and with and elections democratic The sec The The first political power in every society is the is society every in power political first The . The idea of idea The . ruling ruling class . ond political power in every society is what the researcher calls the “idea of “idea the calls researcher the what is society every in power political ond period of absolute monarchy period absolute of justice or groups, in a form of old law called the – orforcing tends to believe in fairness in the allocations of resources and resources of allocations the in fairness in believe to tends coups d’état coups – justice thesociety. and in individuals thefreedomof 69 . .

– constituting the strong ambivalences of of ambivalences strong the constituting culture, which is an effective social effective an is which feudal official oiia system political อาณาจักรอยุธยา political political culture, . It can be said

old Thai Thai old ) was a with

so-called the originally, resources; to access unequal poor and rich were there equal, or class, was same which the of all not werepeople Obviously,district. local a or village, a community,a as power such of type a was it Therefore, decentralized in various places. Such power can bureaus. be thought of as constituting a smaller respective locality, their in duties their grievances (Missingham,grievances 2003). to Poor the mobilize and of sustain people in Assemblytheir nonviolent attempt to the force the government of to address their struggle the in moment defining a became This Bangkok. in House Government the of front in demonstration mass a commenced Thailand of region every from dwellers slum urban and villagers rural of coalition a 1997, January 25 on result, a As others. the than knowledge better have theybecause onlypeople of group a to restricted way.This thinking reveals aninconsistency byholding that the democracy works better if it is is not equal to everyonebecause theybelieve onlya few people are able to use it in an efficient the Thai society. (Askew,2010). colorpartywhatever of i.e. Red the the Shirts media, through clashing are middle-classes ironically, 32); p. 1989, (Jackson, educated more the media (Goonasekera, Servaes, & Wang, 2003, p. 97) and the educational system (Walker, 2012). Indeed, many publications politicsdemonstrated that the Thai Thai middle class of can control direction the determine to and negotiate to power the getting class: middle the by influenced is society Thai the in culture political the Interestingly, culture. political access.unequal oacy wih eivd in believed which monarchy, to explain their identity believeto explain still 2) while intheir own uniqueway. they schizophrenia explained by1) box the of eventuallysolve social conflicts andassociated problems. Consequently,they do not think can that power sudden and absolute an with legitimate as accept people that centralization rbby te ide ls aotd n da of ideal an adopted class middle the Probably, freedom such however, democracy,of freedom the in believes class middle Thai The in culture political current the understand to crucial is class middle the of power The The same o ov polm. rm mdl cas esetv, hs da has oad a towards heads ideal this perspective, class middle a From problems. solve to patronage system internationalism, internationalism, boue power absolute exists exists and becamerooted in in Thai society,the especially – not much different from the present the from differentmuch not 70 where theyexercise the international standard Ti pwr s itiue tdy throug today distributed is power This . patronage system patronage ec ad Order and Peace a rae b this by created was rm n absolute an from – and they had theyand – by being

out h Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. to 100 is very clean veryto 100is p. 211); it explains why Thailand is ranked 36

2004; Phongpaichit &2004; Phongpaichit Phiriyarangsan,1996). recognized corruption as part of the daily life and as part of the culture (Bhargavacitizens & Thai Bolongaita, that conclude to conducted were studies research different corrupt; completely reconcileconflicts. to mechanism same the used continually have organizations social and political the because and changesto itself adaptcannot societyThai as long as exist will issue This developed. and in differentbeforeexperiencedfullydemocraticcircumstancespoliticalthey conflicts became that countries other in as just avoid, to difficult is which development, democratic in step a asseen be should clashes Theserecurrentconflicts. is facingIndisputably,ThailandThailand. Shirts IMF’s report IMF’s the by suggested as nation, a of well-being the impacts corruption rampant Indeed, nations. - The Global Anti-Corruption »,Coalition d.).s. Corruption is not accepted bycitizens of any (Neher, 1979, p. 301) and it is vital to understand it. tounderstand1979, p.301) and (Neher, isvital it. it of public powerforprivate benefitof public by the subordinate and its sense byandthe subordinate its ofindebtedness. a expressed loyaltyof From level the on depends systemthe of heart the view, of point psychological well. as embarrassment suffers fully hierarchy are the rarely they impoverished; if and especially dependent subordinates, with game play-role the understands hierarchy respects show must and hierarchythe buying and selling votes. andbuyingvotes. selling corruption: with coupled is them of one behaviors; several in expressed are which attitudes, rpeetn nnubn iies .. amr gnrly oae i te ot Es of East North the in located generally farmers i.e. citizens non-urban representing , The important issue today is the inequality; represented by the political party called Corruption is a parasite in the Thai society(Teixeira, Pimenta, Maia, & Moreira, 2018, are politics its and society Thai that is politics Thai the of aspect critical Another In Thailand, a key foundation of corruption is directly related to the patronage system patronage the to related directlyis corruption of foundation keya Thailand, In Ideally, the concept of the patronage claims that a subordinate a that claims patronage the of concept the Ideally, Regardless of its complexity, the complexity, its of Regardless

and its authors that corruption in Thailand is “ is Thailand in corruption that authors its and ) - in the 2018 Corruption PerceptionIndex inthe 2018 - ” (SchneiderEnste, 2002).& – often perceived as indebtedness. Simultaneously, the Simultaneously, indebtedness. as perceived often patronage system patronage th 71 amid 180 countries (from zero is highly corrupt became the foundation of political of foundation the became essentially the hypocritical abuse hypocritical the essentially (« TransparencyInternational – often blindly often

– helps Red Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. perceived as a corruption, at least at corruption, a as perceived – per year. per well; it is the reason why non-Thai citizens often ask why roads are annually rebuilt even twice it foranof andprogress idealrepresents thepopulation power who encourages village developments and modernization: new roads! It is an expression with person a position, hierarchical a with perceived always is politician A system. political me doit (Stachowicz-Stanusch, 2010,p.263) situation corrupt win-win a through peak highest their at are ambiguityand complexitywhere following: the as such factors different integrate to have politics Thai view. of point external an from secularismform 2010, p.102) (Heng, of completelythey beseparatedshould saysthat the coin of side other the while guidance, moral its under country the lead and Buddhism of Dharma generatingattime controversy: the same and power with the religious rulingpower,usuallycamealongas of power, sucharena the secular in were who people say, to is That coin. same the of sides two like are powers Such power.

to the politician as a sign of gratitude. In the view of the villagers, accepting money is not is money accepting villagers, the of view the In gratitude. of sign a as politician the to 2) 1) viceversa

By receiving that notion of “ideal of that notion receivingBy strategic sectors i.e. media. strategic i.e. sectors media. lawyers, themaingovernment whocontrol parts etc. in companies ofthe andthe main andSocialemployees, middle-class; low-ranked essentially state ofmiddle composed The (constitutional) monarchy. As the recognize power the hold who politicians the that expect people side, one On Ithas to be highlighted that the religious power had also the power to guide the society religious 2) power secular 1) power: of kinds two had power political Consequently, politicalThe factoris that Thailand final hasbeenBuddhist always a society. Such improper behavior became effective due to a strongbias dueeffective toa became behavior Such improper ” (Karklins, 2005). a summary, Thai politics is incredibly complex and might not be well understood well be not might and complex incredibly is politics Thai summary, a . . in -between wherethe final orargument excuse is “Themade system , ” people are oblig arepeople ” 72 , but perceived as a normal compensation; it is it compensation; normal a as perceived but , – – because they cannot go together, as a asgotheytogether, cannot because it issomething it know thatpoliticians ed to give their vote their to giveed –

the patronage – with money

– inthe Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 2.8 to ensure they are shared equally. Traditionally, there is always a plaza plaza a always is there Traditionally, equally. shared are they ensure to nearby. Obviously, those natural resources require adequate management from the government considered as public and represent a natural places and resources for populations who are living activities: streets, parks, public etc. monasteries, their on depending spaces public in outside, time of lot a time spend to willing are citizens Thai climate, cold a in countries with Contrary individuals. between interactions marginal public the reinforce city” contemporary to the of dimension times our in up opened be to perspectives new enable may design “ of terms in which spaces abstract and actual of notions the between

Scherle,2007). mall shopping nowadays are temples new finally where temple the and malls shopping the of block same the in juxtaposition its by planning urban decadent a 2) and spiritualism vs. consumerism desires: individual between antagonism an the of creation 1) by exists congruence when research, present the in policy noticed of especially adjustment coordination, or lack the to due temples of instead 2014) (Waites, malls shopping socialvillage activities. any for non-religious the plaza in accordance with the Buddhist calendar and in conjunction with the headman of the manages temple the of charge in Abbot the simple: pretty is space public the of management as a public space, isslowly butsurely stacked through these social activities. For a temple,the plaza, a of appropriation personal of form particular this admittedly performed; are activities sizes/dimensions

C 5) 4) 3) ONCEPT OF PUBLIC SPACE IN THE THE IN SPACE PUBLIC ONCEPTOF

behaviors (corruption, recurrent Thaification;contradictory including(with beliefs schizophrenia) and conflicting The Buddhism religion and its principles which affect daily political decisions. The principles its Buddhism which affect religion and political daily decisions. codn t te hi eilto, xet n piae sad a oet r lk are lake a or forest a island, private a on except legislation, Thai the to According political party Shirt farmers theconstitute Red today. Low essentially farmers socialcomposed(and class; income Thai by citizens); poor oa tebhvoso h hi oit sdy ihih peerd ulcsae are spaces public preferred highlight sadly society Thai the of behaviors the Today The use of public spaces by Thai communities has evolved to a logical congruence logical a to evolved has communities Thai by spaces public of use The – located in a temple, agreed as a public space, where spiritual and entertain and spiritual where space, public a as agreed temple, a in located (Cicalo, 2013, p. 219), 219), p. 2013, (Cicalo, T coup d’état HAI S 73 OCIETY OCIETY ).

mainly due to either permanent or or permanent either to due mainly (O’Grady, May, & Schüttke & May, (O’Grady, abstract public space space public abstract – ih different with

- Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. forcing the population to comply with laws. complyforcing thepopulation withlaws. to dress appropriately”; As many countries in the world, policies Areas/Please exist to rule “Government or enter” not Area/Do “Government messages displaying signs 12 corroborate Pathumwanaram Wat in living monks spaces, public as considered

term of public or public of term the before themselves: terms of definitions the be might cause root The spaces. private and can explanation space.One public a is temple a conceptthat the confirm and literaturereview was ‘public’ many Thais as amanyThais no- as to bemanagedoffices.bygovernment have spaces public that accepted generallyis it and citizens Thai by questioned reallynot are are by spirits controlled such as forests, natural pools or canals; generally believed by the population those public spaces are public spaces, government kingorthe areasculture, by the people owned not believe Thai

Interview By studying the research site and the aforementioned statements, plazas in a temple are In addition to the existing confusion, some public buildings and government areas have Above and beyond, the ownership Ambiguities result in local residents not understanding the differences between public public between differences the understanding not residents local in result Ambiguities Additional vagueness emerged amid the population. Indeed, a public space is seen by seen is space public a Indeed, population. the amid emerged vagueness Additional – August, 2018. August,2018. หลวง

สาธารณะ ( Luang man’s land without anybycontrolslaws.man’s andnotsupported – ) which literally means means literally which ) strong beliefs. strong beliefs. Figure

( Satarana 20

– Public space a Wat andin socialactivities ) was used in a formalized way, the Thai word used for used word Thai the way, formalized a in used was ) – the landlord 74 belonging to the king the to belonging – of a public space and its management . According to the Thai Thai the Accordingto . intermediate

12 wt the with

spaces

, Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. where was it Hannah Arendt who views public space as from is conception first that The thought. space political western of public currents main of three to correspond conceptions different key three are there countries, developed other surroundings.their physical with relationships their out map to able not are who Thais well-educated for understandable but less the complexityofferedwho donotperceive legislature, in amodernof inherentrights is really a public space. This form of ignorance is understandable for non-well educated citizens countries, it has to be concluded Thai people have limited knowledge about the concept of what stable public order public stable of space public look Kant with beginning who liberals by provided is second The nesad te mat ewe te rsne f uas n ter interpersonal their and humans of placesbeen the of individuals outside boundaries or small groups’ control, mediatingbetween presence have cities in spaces the public Additionally, 110). p. 2003, (Madanipour, between relations/interactions impact the understands

(cinema). activity entertainment 2) market temporary 1) malls: shopping to Wat the from away moved social endeavors. be given because the research site has a public school, attracting parents, students and bonding However, through the lens of available definitions of public spaces from developed from spaces public of definitions available of lens the through However, When considering the root concept about public space from a western perspective or perspective western a from space public about concept root the considering When Furthermore, existing definitions of public spaces are proposed by Ali Madanipour who Today, inthe some public activities haveWat faded away: have public activities many imagined as “discursive as public space.” imagined Figure ” . The final conception of public space was that of Jürgen Habermas' work Habermas' Jürgen of that was space public of conception final The . 21 - Cinema - moved fromactivity a public space a private to spac common common to the “republican virtue” 75 (B enhabib, 1992, p. 89) enhabib, 1992,p.89) e e or "civicor virtue. a “just and “just a

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Mdnpu, 03 p 1213. oevr pbi sae eie a te ovsblt of co-visibility the as groups different to defined belonging individuals space public individuals Moreover, and 112-113). households p. of 2003, territories (Madanipour, demarcated the between, mediating and from, right so In 2011). Podeh, 2010; Hou, & (Hou enemies as well as citizens impress to power of display parades military for used often are spaces public regimes, totalitarian or democracy

mul been usually have therefore, spaces, public open Urban, private spaces that are used for a variety of often overlapping functional and symbolic purposes. displayed, and legitimized (Henaff & Strong, 2001). In specific countries with either with countries specific In staged, 2001). Strong, & was(Henaff legitimized and displayed, power political where spaces public and used history monarchies European medieval From perspectives, 42). p. 2010, Anderson, & (Afary execution public or fights animal i.e. purposes different for used are spaces public where or 2008) (Irazabal, America where public spaces have been either an expression of powers or politically controlled i.e. Latin concepts international few from different is it it; of control full a has someone because rules Thailand. within applied and qualified Traditionally, the Thai concept fully of a public space is that any be public space has its restrictions and not might which definitions or concepts more(Borja, orlessgiving than 1998). contributing towards tooururban sense life and an essential element in civic integration. In brief, what is required of public space is nothing fragments, urban the of each for accessibility and visibility for condition one is space public urban homogeneous less of axes great of or continuity The region. metropolitan the and more city-agglomeration the settings), (or neighborhoods the articulating of challenge novel for the negotiation of what goes in and what goes out (P. D.M.Kärrholm,the negotiation for 2013,p.126). of whatin andwhatout goes goes arena an set to and gather, to collectives serial enable to is co-visibility of function important fully controlled public spaces, as witnessed in the research site. fullycontrolledwitnessed inthe public research spaces,assite. Kiang, 2010); for Bangkok, it gives a contrasting situation between a vibrant shopping life and demonstrations. -called – pn prvl rm oa authorities local from approval upon Thai concepts and definitions of public space are not identical with international international with identical not are space public of definitions and concepts Thai According to oenAincte r ul cnrle y h tts(i, 03 ii, in, & Liang, Limin, 2013; (Lim, states the by controlled fully are cities Asian Modern modern democracies, the power has shifted to people giving them the legitimated the them giving people to shifted has power the democracies,

Boja ’ s s approach, public space is one possible response to the difficult and is , evidently, one aspect of a public space only. An only. space public a of aspect one evidently, , 76 – o s pbi sae fr rtss and protests for spaces public use to ti -purpose spaces distinguishable spaces -purpose

– pseudo a raw a

overbuilt theWat andthemodernbuilding Palace. high-rise was a where site research the at given is tallest Evidence traditions. Thai to heritage;respect paynot do buildings cultural Thai the of charge in people by stigmatized often and unpleasant buildings royalor religious than taller skyscrapersconsidering by exists still belief traditional invisible An monuments. priority first as classified are Pagoda, Old the Palace, Pathumwan the temples, the buildings: traditional protect to norms the set also traditions Thai Luckily, goal paramount a as juxtaposed be to allowed were spaces public and architecture,activities, public spaces changingInternet. i.e. by slightly thosebehaviors TV series, the of perception the influence media mass Often streets. the in garbage littering about qualms countries, many from consider citizens a public space belongs to the state, as show a lack of responsibilities well and do not have any as Thais, factors: important play behaviors spaces, whole resulting in Thai minds becoming trapped in closed labyrinth rather than awakening than rather labyrinth closed in trapped becoming minds Thai in resulting whole authority(Tepwongsirirat, 2005, p.140). history,cultural norms, and democracybut avoiding critical thinking, to aboutchallenge ideas or the people Thai instructing still system educational life; public of understanding of lack With the execution of a few countries worldwide, which applied strict laws in public in laws strict applied which worldwide, countries few a of execution the With The research site is a significant location in Bangkok where both old and new diverse diverse new and old both where Bangkokin location significant a is site research The The lack of critical thinking and knowledge has severely impacted Thaification as a as Thaification impacted severely has knowledge and thinking critical of lack The a by biased is space public a of definition actual the that suggests above opinion The Figure 22

– Thai heritage conflictual case 77 – Research site. Research site.

. Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

tool tool or the result of arbitrary happenings This allows for the creation ofThis allowsfor thefollowing thecreation wheel their environments. existing of understanding people’s reproducing by and place a of spirit their accumulate and collect Schulz, 1980a, p. 50). Followingthat model, a place is bycreatedpeople within a society who model of jeopardized. be will Thais amongst reconciliation difficulties, those with linked atmosphere un-breathing University. Such concept is referenced by many Thai scholars that: University.bySuchmany conceptis referencedThaithat: scholars Chulalongkorn Planning, Regional and Urban of Department the from Atipoti Kwansuang to mutuallyplan socialshareand rules.” spendtime. theirpeople free businesses private-owned and sector private the of, benefit the for and by, controlled are spaces public because compromises and space for Thai people bythe Thai Government is not an easytask, including bitter negotiations 13 creating that anticipated be can It surroundings. their organize gently to them Interview, 2011 September, 5. 4. 3. 2. 1.

Riverside or nearby a pond because water is one of significant elements of significantRiverside or elements is one because nearby awater pond Food and drink availability. Foodavailability. and drink Shade Providing a seating area where people can sit and chat (in a circle). Providingchatwhere aarea seating and (ina can sit circle). people given was spaces public Thai of concept the addition, In A small space which is sophisticated and fluid but can link to other public spaces. A small space and can fluidbut which toother public issophisticated link spaces. By postponing the creation of public space in the Thai society, and the creation of an of creation the and society, Thai the in space public of creation the postponing By A public space is a kind of social accumulation in accordance with Norberg Schulz’s Norberg with accordance in accumulation social of kind a is space public A A correct definition of a modern public space in Thai society might be to “allow people man-made place : “ the man-madethe where environment he lives is not amere practical – i.e. shopping malls, popular as the spaces where Thai where spaces the as popular malls, shopping i.e.

, it it has structure and embodies meanings” 78 of success including the golden criteria: including goldencriteria: the 13 b Assat Professor Assistant by a real a (Norberg-

public Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. the community temple(Wat), PathumwanaramWat behind and the the School. to road I Rama from walk to used is temple the to belonging lane small the site: research the

spaceat public a fromevidences to collect possible is it above, criteria the consideringBy way A grocery tiny the on Figure 24 - A scenario - ofonofpublic space Thaisense siteresearch the Figure School School and Wat the Paragon Pathumwanaram space Anpublic between open Siam pond insidethe Wat pond the treesThe from and shade the 23 - Thai - public space 79 – Golden criteria

the Wat. the community behind toI the Road WalkingfromRama A(Soi) lane small

public spaces( inthe city pe City Capital customers in the world; any such way of life as has rearranged the Thai culture by globalized-standardized-labelled producing and using effectively be to citizens Bangkok pushed finally and globalization, current the by eroded were Thaification and life of wayThai traditional the that realities to according Bangkok, of city the in available spaces amid all disparities exist the noise,traffic confusion,congestion. and and uneven is urbanization its and fast too grew Bangkok city. largest second country’s the erected cities. villages of clusters and villages, became fields rice fields, rice into transformed were Forests logic! agricultural an through developed were Cities agriculture. and origins Thai with found is cause root The architecture. Thai traditional and foreign basic of merger the in resulting impacts obvious and influences European via worldwide, created been have urbanizations “…Thailand is vastly different compared to several other developed countries” developed other several to compared different vastly is “…Thailand Thailand: in urbanization the about analysis its and Countries, Developing from Experiences Urbanization: of Management and Planning Development Regional report its Settlements, effective and planning, efficient methods, thinking, socialimplementation interventions ofurbanization and strategies. experiments/ critical approaches: various through created were countries developed in urbanisms while interests economic on based chapter. thi in described was which background its by accumulated and collected are Bangkok, like Dwellings and Settlements Review

Thai urbanism w o ocue h ltrtr rve catr tee r ovos ifrne o how on differences obvious are there chapter, review literature the conclude To The lack of urban planning is the direct consequence of the small amount of public of amount small the of consequence direct the is planning urban of lack The largerthan times 30 almost Bangkok, of growth the asseen is Thailand growthof The Those differentiations were highlighted by the United Nations Centre for Human Human for Centre Nations United the by highlighted were differentiations Those as Traditional DwellingsTraditional and Settlements Review mainly and arbitrarily produced by unstructured and informal needs , 2006, p. 90). Differentiations of the country and capital city 80 , 2006,p.82 ( Traditional ‑ 83). 83).

ople or or ople s Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

3.1. of Rama I Road, Siam Area in the Pathum Wan district, Bangkok, Thailand. Iof Rama Area Road, district, Siam Wan Bangkok, inthe Pathum Thailand. North the in locatedresearch site, the spacesat those of associatedantagonisms examines and year- the various possibilities, people are continuously attracted and the number of visitors increases fashion industry and the associated modern lifestyle activities. Due to the diverse selection and important Royal events. for site original the was it additionally, center; business important an as serves and activities urban for district shopping popular a is it Today ‘Thailand’. of Kingdom the as known 1939 from but Siam, nation, the of name former the of reference a is name the chapters, preceding

B by ACKGROUND OF THE RESEARCH SITE RESEARCH OFACKGROUNDTHE Local Thai people call the area "Siam" (Thai: "Siam" area the call people Thai Local The research site is opposite Siam Square which is also popular as the center of the the of center the as popular also is which Square Siam opposite is site research The “ created that criteria and conditions analyze to aims chapter This -year. -year. Figure CHAPTER 25 - The - research onthe sitenorth of Rama I Road

III

81 E

MPIRICAL MPIRICAL

สยาม , RTGS: RTGS: , S TUDY Sayam

in between spaces” between in ). As stated in the the in stated As ).

of territory activities which and are closely related. terms in both site, research the understand to order in area, that of history the of view overall built the pond the built had who IX, Rama King of father Songkhla, of Mahidol Prince by inherited were properties the and land the Later Palace." "Lotus means which Palace" "Pathumwan named and area the a small palace as a present for Queen Thepsirin 1857. in The palace for Queenthe was built in 1868) of the present Thai dynasty, when King Mongkut (Rama IV) ordered the construction of having several large international shopping malls located on vast lands: roughly 170,000 m Palace Thai RoyalFamily 110,000m estate, Road (Thai: Discovery, Paragon Siam are Center, Siam and World Central located. pond was built, the name of the palace was renamed from renamed was palace the of name the built, was pond (Thai: Family and leased for investing businesses by the Crown Property Bureau, there are there Bureau, Property Crown the by businesses investing for leased and Family many properties inSiam Area, as well as District, Wan thePathum are held by Thai Royal the though Even perspectives. economic from Thailand of heart the is area that suggests which

ถนนพญาไท . That palace is located in the North of the Rama I Road and is part of theI researchRama ispart site. the. That Road intheNorth and palace of islocated Because the research site is located in a popular area, it is important to first gain an an gain first to important is it area, popular a in located is site research the Because Dating back 150 years ago, the Siam area was developed during the fourth reign (1851 From a contemporary point of view, the Siam Area is a different place recognized for recognized place different a is Area Siam the view, of point contemporary a From h Sa ae srws no egbrn sopn aes uh s h Ratchaprasong the as such areas shopping neighboring into sprawls area Siam The Legally, only one district can be named Siam. The name has a resonance in Thai history ราชประสงค์ – translated as translated Figure , Thanon Phaya Thai) with the creation of a number of footbridges. , Thanon Phaya of a withthefootbridges. creation number of Thai) 26 , ThanonPhaya Ratchaprasong) on MBK and shopping Road mall Thai - - connecting Bridges Siam the Rama with neighbourhoods. I Road Sra in Thai in 2 are ofI leased both side theRama on Road where Siam – in the palace (SraPadumaPalace, 2012). After the After 2012). (SraPadumaPalace, palace the in 82 Pathumwan Palace to Palace Sra Pathum Pathum Sra

current current 2 of –

years at elsewhere. thedesign8 after However, the still stage. project is movedbe will and leave to unavoidablyforcedcommunity becurrent will the effect is visible The 62-65). 2011: BUREAU, PROPERTY CROWN THE Report: (Annual center shopping beside Pathumwanaram Temple and between Central World shopping plaza and Siam Paragon Phatumwanaram is a Third Class Royal temple at the research site. The park will be established community theWat behind ofthe covers theland donation one transformed public parks; into plans that some lands of the Siam Area will be donated by the Royal Family to the public to be Figure

27 - The - future parkpublicWatto (opposite the Pathumwanaram) Figure 28

– 2D view2D post project after resettlementthe ofcommunity the 83

with associated layouts associated with layouts

r sil using still are luxury ma shopping a by replaced be to accordingly demolished was and pressure business the amid resist not did Hotel Intercontinental Siam The station). Skytrain BTS transportation public main (the 1999 in Station Siam the finally and 1997, in Discovery Siam the 1973, in Center Siam the Bowl, Siam the 1967, in Theatre Siam the 1965, in Square Siam the 1964, in Hotel Intercontinental are owned by the Chulalongkorn University on behalf of the Chula Property Bureau; the the Bureau; Property university Chula leasingcompanies iscurrently landstoprivate toreceive income. the of behalf on University Chulalongkorn the by owned are Crown Property Bureau. A clear example is the Siam Square and MBK shopping center which interesting to position its buildings on the following map: interesting buildings its onthe following toposition map: Either state departments or public and private companies in the area often used often area the in companies private and public or departments state Either the to belongs district, the in malls shopping few a with together area, in land all Not Chulalongkorn area from is University far and it is not theSiam theresearch site; –

the word “Siam" to name their legal entities. It began with the Siam Siam the with began It entities. legal their name to “Siam" word the ll named Siam Paragon named atleastll survived. word the in2005; “Siam” Figure 29 - MBK shopping - MBK to Siam next neighborhoods center 84

– and Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

founded in 1871. founded in1871. efficiently work either in to the public or private sectors. staff The outcome of this policy was a skilled school release to system educational Siamese the improve to was effective, highly and deep-rooted be to prove later would which policy, this of parts major the of One time. that during Asia in colonialism of tide the resist successfully to then and nation the of skills H.M. the King Chulalongkorn (Rama V) who had a royal policy to strengthen and improve the with began officially It today. know we as University Chulalongkorn took the become it to decades However, education. higher of institution Thai recognized first the was University Chulalongkorn the summary, brief a As founded. was university the since history close a had for its present and future expansion. for presentexpansion. future its and a large plot of land, adjacent to the palace in the Patumwan district, measuring Chulalongkorn about 523 acres the become to school University, named the in honor of his father H.M. transformed the King Chulalongkorn (Rama V). He H.M. also gave his VI), (Rama Vajiravudh

Followed by the first school, on March 26 March on school, first the by Followed The imbrications between the university and the royal family are not new notnew are family royal the and theuniversity The imbrications between Figure 30 - Area - of Chulalongkorn University 85 th 1917, during the reign of H.M. the King King the H.M. of reign the during 1917,

as theyhave

, Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. tourists because the Square is surrounded by a lot of office buildings connected by public public by connected buildings office of lot a by surrounded is Square the because tourists Thai average the than wealthier students. are Customers vary from school pupils area and college students to office that workers and foreign in students known also is it neighborhood; important shoppingmost project insignificant its Thailand in due recognition. to named originally the for enough powerful not was name the considered owner project the was time, that At located. Square is it where exactly Wan, the Pathum district the from came and name the of origin the 1964 Pathumwan; around cultural began and social, Construction economic, of movements. terms in development the shows it Bangkok; in center shopping a with linked market open an with street shopping oldest the is It Area. Siam the of

Property(real-estate andBureau, localization, branding valuation, 2012) (Chula businesses current and University Chulalongkorn the both: for golden-nugget successful a is budget. In conclusion, the prediction of H.M. the King was correct because today the Siam area government annual the on rely solely to university the want not did King the H.M. activities; purposes: ot epe h vst h Sa Sur ae tdns h ae tdig n the in studying are who students are Square Siam the visit who people Most Siam Square, on the opposite side of the research site, is the significant and famous part

H.M. the King Vajiravudh (Rama VI) granted the land to the university mainly for two - To get income (leases) from additional lands to fund the University related learning related University the fund to lands additional from (leases) income get To - - theeducational Tobuild buildings Figure 31 - - Shoppingstreets Siam at Square 86 .

areathis give accurate predictions ofwhether besuccessfula will or not. product in customers power. surveyed from reactions the intensive that purchasing marketers by i.e. agreed is It services activities. higher marketing and products have for competitive who highly is classes Square Siam middle-upper Consequently, the from people young or new urban promote are groups customer targeted and the Particularly, shares. market launch their increase to products often and brands their of popularity the check often companies ofactivities. and& Bangkok Art Cultural Centerare providing additional selection which Fashion Mall, and the MBK shopping mall. Moreover, it is also linked to the National Stadium transportation to the Silom business district, the Ratchaprasong shopping district, the Platinum left o different therefore approach functional The conditions. environmental different with and traditions cultural accordance in properties, different with places demand and ways, different u sm bad, t s o cmltl te ae u t is pcfc paees n people’, and ‘placeness specific accordingclearly concept withaninteresting quoted and Schulz: described by Norberg its to due same the completely not is it brands, same but malls andtheir associated globalized brands. shopping famous many with 2012), Square, (Siam Thailand in area economic and shopping etc. youths industry, social interactions fashion entertainment such as food selection, and the became an important social place where modern lifestyles and trends are created by the urbans factors support and promote the economic growth in the Siam Area. Logically, the Siam Square All ofthese recentdeveloped decades.constantly over land hasBangkok. been Consequently, in generally and Area Siam the in lifestyle modern the enhance to capabilities the have who ut the place asaconcrete identity” here having particular its The Siam Area, including the research site, does comply with Schulz’s concept of the of concept Schulz’s with comply does site, research the including Area, Siam The The success of the Siam Square Siam the of success The services; and products various offers Square Siam perspective, business a From “ market another cities, international others from different so not being area the Despite famous most the as Area Siam the consider citizens local and foreigners Both Similar functions, even the most basic ones such as sleeping, eating, take place in place take eating, sleeping, as such ones basic most the even functions, Similar

is essentially based on its capacity to attract investors attract to capacity its on based essentially is 87 (Norberg-Schulz, 1980b,p.7) .

the same similarities finallyculture the and experiences, personal beliefs, roots, social their on based attires different wear people of a biased similarity can be given by the way people are dressing themselves: in a hot climate, criteria include languages, dialects, religions, cuisines, attitudes and clothes. A strong example from flows and routes taken by motorized vehicles: from by taken flowsand vehicles: routes motorized day- worse getting is it and difficult very is congestion, especially the Siam Area, where the research site is located. Travelling in this area 2004b, p.30). clearly formed a grid which determined much of the city’s modern road layouts today and century twentieth the during Bangkokians of lives daily the dominated ecosystem This city. the of districts various as well as city capital the and provinces between expansion, link a as served commercial the supported Bangkok of infrastructure transport river-based and including system commoditization urban of land, and the initiated the (1851- trend in Mongut King towards of reign a the in land-based changes began city. Bangkok The in landscape keytraditional urban changing canal The of number a stimulated construction road 68); 3.2

P EOPLE FLOWS EOPLE Regarding the concept above, different criteria affect the development of places with places of development the affect criteria different above, concept the Regarding al, ago i oe f h ms ntros iis n h wrd o svr traffic severe for world the in cities notorious most the of one is Bangkok Sadly, –

the final criterion thefinal isthe so-called –

but but it cannot be said that “everything” is absolutely the same. Combined by 88 -day. The traffic congestion can be explained explained be can congestion traffic The -day. Thaification for Thais.

(Askew, (Askew, Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. demonstrates the economic goal economic the demonstrates to 40’000cars month. per different gave critics few policy, this hypothesis indicating that of the policy could double introduction the numbe the Before Bangkok. in traffic the policy expresses a short-term political expectation but in reality directly and negatively impac

One example of the populist policies conducted by the government which clearly only only clearly whichgovernment the conductedby policies populist the of example One

Figure 32 - Circulation - vehicles)32 Figure aroundresearc (motorized the

Figure is 33 the introduction of the of introduction the - Walkways - around site research the 89 Tax reduction for the first car first the for reduction Tax r of new cars on roads from 20’000 hsite

. The . ts Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

perspectives financial and traffic from place in crisis the aggravated policy This adjustments. physical without extended be cannot transportation by routes. of increasing thenumber existing yearssix ago when 10 billion dollars was use to firstsubsidize cars, despite investing in public

ciiis Cneunl, t a bcm oe f h aes hr te rfi i te os in worst the is traffic the Bangkok. where areas the of one become has it Consequently, activities. spaces at the research site divided into: 1) Siam car park park car Siam 1) into: divided site research the at spaces within within the Siam Area where various groups of people come to participate for different Unfortunately, the capacity of the roads to absorb such doubled traffic is limited and limited is traffic doubled such absorb to roads the of capacity the Unfortunately, Public transportation capability transportation Public Based on different marketing flyers, it is confirmed there are at least 13,000 parking 13,000 least at are there confirmed is it flyers, marketing different on Based

Figure Figure

– Snapshot atthemotorized ofresearch people flows site 35

– Snapshot pedestrians of at the site research . One tax management policy failure is what happened what is failure policy management tax One is especially important in the business neighborhood business the in important especially 90 – 2,000 spaces, 2) Siam Discover- Siam 2) spaces, 2,000

business

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 15 14 Center-Paragon wealthier afford can Sky people train tickets. whereas buses cheaper the take people poor society: Thai in classes social current presenting are walkways both ironically, and Implicitly, buses. public take who people of groups small

resistance from pavements pavements traditional against proofed be to life styles and mass transit interconnected systems. life interconnected styles transit and mass systems. country the in way walk longest the be to considered is it area; the in access easy provide to again, is, purpose Their malls. shopping the to Station Siam the from built were walkways elevated per day สถานีสยาม provides railway) overhead (an (Thai: Station Siam Skytrain the is important most the BTS destinations; different to routes interconnected the area: the in available transportation park due tothe traffic. easil cannot cars but available spaces parking of lot a are there situation: paradoxical a give Square Siam the in places new of construction the and site research the on spaces parking of Siam2017 Station, BTS Siam2017 Station, BTS 14 md rvt ad ulc rnprain mn wlig ots ald ‘Sky called routes walking many transportations public and private Amid Because Siam Area is the main economic area, it represents the junction of both modern nte prdxcl iuto t mng te epe lw s h aon o public of amount the is flow people the manage to situation paradoxical Another 15 ) which is the main hub to different cross-platforms with 40,000/50,000 passengers 40,000/50,000 with cross-platforms different to hub main the is which ) . and there is no equivalent elsewhere in Thailand. The efficiency of walkways has not – 4,000 spaces and 3) Central World World Central 3) and spaces 4,000 Figure

36 - - is Thepavement ofthe Watinthe alongwith front ‘Sky visible in the front of the Wat, in particular by street vendors and – users are protected (rain, sun, shade). However, However, shade). sun, (rain, protected are users 91 – 7,000 spaces. The increasing number increasing The spaces. 7,000

walk’

ak or walk’ y Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. of benefits among people who are concerned with spaces,conceptaccording tothe interestingof benefits whoare among concerned with people conservation seem the andefficient negotiatecompromises be powerful to make to an for tool Politics city. the in coherence urban an sustain to crucial are planning urban about decisions a problem Bangkok. onlyreserved to its effect on people in every modern city although she wrote it decades ago; obviously, it

streets?..needs its dowith to else andwhat itcan you traffic you until trywith thecity know how to know works, what itself How traffic. automobile than concerns social and economic intricate more much have Cities cities. of problem major the solved have thereby will they traffic, of problems the solve only Jacobs: Jane from quote following the consider to worthwhile is it difference, class social that From Figure The same problem can be underlined elsewhere and for all problems where political where problems all for and elsewhere underlined be can problem same The and urbanization the between relationship complicated the reflects statement Jacobs’ “…a growing number of planners and designers have come to believe that if they can can they if that believe to come have designers and planners of number growing “…a 37 - The - Skywalk Siamthefrom Paragconnects Siam the Station Figure ”

– Skywalk betweenatplacesthe site research 92 on shopping mall on shopping onhandthe right side

(Jacobs, 1989,p.7)

is not . Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. of the fashion world in Bangkok, Thailand. of theBangkok, fashionThailand. world in

a and promote to stopped never has it business, is business Area, Siam the of case Inthe hands. their is power negotiating the on depending benefit less or more get they purposes, different Eisenman, 2001b,p.101). theforceshort, is directed tosecuring a inthe future face(E. ofitsinherent & Grosz openness in Power, positive. and enabling, productive, primarily are that micro- relations of capillary establishment linkages, the through only done be can it constraint, and coercion of mode a as function to is power if that demonstrated he Indeed, power. about Foucault by developed generate any conflicts, or risk losing related benefits. generate benefits. risklosing related any or conflicts, to want the don’t residents but and neighborhood the in Skytrain view unsightly an BTS in resulted the have skywalk of constructions the dimensions: social avoids and dimension results from business pressures, or from the economic power. Unfortunately, it is just only one tangible are them of all Skywalk; the Skytrain, the spaces, parking the from starting places the manage to and control to economy the of power the with especially power, of” kind “a of unsolvable today real orconsumption power/motive. without from intervention political tat epe y as n ‘Skytrain’. and cars by people ttract - The Sra Pathum Palace Palace Pathum Sra The - The research site contains the following key places: The thefollowing research contains site key places: The heart of the district lies at this area because it is the shopping district and the center Because citizens are using their neighborhood and are exploiting the research site for site research the exploiting are and neighborhood their using are citizens Because Transportation problems in the neighborhood and the research site are also indicative also are site research the and neighborhood the in problems Transportation Figure 39

– The of overall theview Wanofterritory Bangkok,Pathumdistrict,

osqety te rfi jm s eurn ad seems and recurrent is jam traffic the Consequently, 93

Thailand Thailand

environmental toNorberg linked is statement context Schulz’s when That development. existing such of subject the to related the is which context Therefore, existing the or environment about think changing. to have constantly planning urban is in researchers it situation, such event/situation, considering an of development any of it ‘developing’: thetime Allthroughout situation. new toa oldsituation fromdemonstrates the transformation called is that action an is development such of result The neighborhoods. tower. office an and hotel a World, Central - The The - (monastery) Pathumwaram Wat The - - Four shopping malls malls shopping Four - School, Pathumwanaram Wat The - As seen below: ‘landscapes’, and‘buildings’” ‘settlements’ ‘regions’ ‘countries’ as known are places Such space. and character of aspects the comprise which totalities environmental as manifest becomes place of structure “The The research site can be considered as a formal representation of extreme developed extreme of representation formal a as considered be can site research The co mmunity behind the Wat Pathumwaram Pathumwaram Wat the behind mmunity Figure 40 - The - area ofsiteresearch on the Rama I Road – Siam discovery, Siam center, Siam Paragon and the the and Paragon Siam center, Siam discovery, Siam 94

. (Norberg-Schulz, 1980b,p.15) that: that:

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. ie Tee eeet” are: “elements” These site. research the on space in-between the produce that relations relevant their with demonstrated site. research the within ways many in accumulated are but natural often not are occurrences popular, and than a root simple causeor side effect relationships. between one and thing others in inacontext; other words, a is system it rather relationships of meaning when it is coded by a determination or a series of determinations. A meaning is related canarbitrary lead to development. vital ignoring gaps, to lead could avoidingquestions and researchpresent the relevantin criterion/criteria miss to and elements, task that avoiding site; research the about knowledge that specific butfor all places. research site, development, it is important to consider that notion during the decision process, making not in identity in different places and officially exists for people who understand the content. For any

placeness, 3.3 diverse dimensions place to create Each atmosphere. site’s research the created has which modernity, and tradition in both architecture of styles and people, history, its including site, research the of identity of the research site. However, it is not easy to either categorize or classify with three commonwith three classifycategorizeeither or to easy is not it research site. However, of the

K EY PLACES EY By considering that relationship criterion and because the research site is well-known well-known is site research the because and criterion relationship that considering By defined a have will action each that indicates way such in situation the Describing acquireadditionalto important is neighborhoods structurein the of understandingThe Norberg

The atmosphere is one of the significant elements in constructing perception of the of perception constructing in elements significant the of one is atmosphere The According Auge’s concept about a place, that them tobewant places and identity, ofrelations of ofhistory.” characteristics three least at have places “These the economic domain, economic the Possibly, relationships occurrences between various “elements” might be be might “elements” various between occurrences relationships Possibly, Schulz’s statement implies that a place or a neighborhood is manifesting its its manifesting is neighborhood a or place a that implies statement Schulz’s

placeness the

topee atatv pae n architecture and place attractive atmosphere, and diverse groups of people of diverse groups , slightly identical to what Marc Auge says about a place: 95 placeness in common. They want to be- people be- to want They common. in . emerges due to the atmosphere

(Augé, 1995b, p. 52) (Augé, 1995b,p.52) in terms of of terms in

has has Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

the Thai language as Bann: which arebyacknowledged spaces architecture aspects. and public invarious expressing are site research the characteristic of places uncommon the aspects, some of In too. layers neighborhood influence thick and thin complex because only, characteristics thinking, production can consideration as and thefollowing: be drawn that inform its production”. its inform that considerations and thinking the on focused be to needs attention then roots, their to tracedbe transformed. In that context, Leach attempts to go beyond the dialectic through its deeply introduction: becoming changed have palace the and community monastery, the as such elements is visible and can be described in the research site. Indeed, the relationships among the various normallythe research asa forconstructed and at specific purpose was a location site. palace organization of a Thai community in the past even if a palace was not located in every villa traditional old the was system urban That society. Thai the in incomes level upper to lower between system hierarchical a expressing are elements urban these chapter preceding the in In the past, there were significant urban elements in conformity with a plan known in known plan a with conformity in elements urban significant were there past, the In The structure of a traditional Thai community is no exception to the rule that such that rule the to exception no is community Thai traditional a of structure The “ organization such above, community Thai traditional the of concept the to According Architecture is a product of a way of thinking. If the problems of architecture are to are architecture of problems the If thinking. of way a of product a is Architecture

บ้าน

Figure

(Village), Wat: 41 - Traditional Thaicommunit 96

วัด (Monastery), and Wang: (Leach, 2005, p. Introduction)(Leach, 2005,p. y

วัง (Palace); agreed

ge; Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. due to foreign capital goods investments goodsdue toforeign capital raised impressively been have exports needs; industrial to respond to society industrial an be to significantly changed has and 1970s late the in agriculture on focused was society Thai the Square as follow: Siam the the near located is H.R.H. palace the site, research by the From Sirindhorn. Chakri occupied Maha Princess is it Today Queens. by used and Kings different by successively rhtcuedet teicnros obnto feeet i sae n ie wih are socially theresearch in-between dominant spaces and factors constructed in to create site. the which time, and space in elements of combination incongruous the to due architecture whocomemerchants, visitors and back and forth. businessmen by as well as and neighborhood, the in living are who community the in people of lifestyle modern the by and time same the and place same the at elements new and old of capillarity with the research site. initially agriculture the shaped architecture and in ruraltraditions areas, completely in contrast

16 in areas rural some Thailand. Based on the last decades GDPs Domestic for(Gross Product) generated Thailand by valid still is organization and structure that Nowadays, centuries. 17 https://tradingeconomics.com/thailand/indicators (accessed https://tradingeconomics.com/thailand/indicators 16 Manufacturing sites, machines, and tools. (accessed sites,machines,Manufacturing tools. 15 and nobel, giutr i sil motn o te oa eooyeprain but economy/exportations local the of important still is agriculture Undoubtedly, 3.3.1 international and traditional between exist tensions visible that concluded be can It the by offered is paradigm a developed, highly been has site research the Although Historically the Sra Pathum Palace (Thai: (Thai: Palace Pathum Sra the Historically h aoe iga rpeet a rdtoa srcue f Ta vlae vr h last the over village Thai a of structure traditional a represents diagram above The

T HE HE S RA RA P ATHUM ATHUM P ALACE

17 in industrialareas. th November 2018) 97 th November 2018) November 2018) วังสระปทุม

) , was completed in 1916, built built 1916, in completed was ,

16 , Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. current Thai King were marri were King currentThai the of parents and grandparents the both where place the was Palace, Pond Lotus the as to where important Thai historical events took place. Indeed, the Sra Pathum Palace, also referred

yearsand ago thecommunity behind the temple. for business purposes and is muddled and combined with a hotel, a temple/monastery built 100

Sq Siam from street the across and World, Central and Paragon Siam malls shopping two the Thailand. It is categorized as a Third Class Royal temple. It is located on Rama I Road betwe uare.

The Sra Pathum Palace consists of a 69,000m 3.3.2 The Wat PathumWanaram (Thai: PathumWanaram Wat The

T HE MONASTERY HE Figure 42 Figure - The - position Pathumof Sra RoyalPalace the and estate ed :

W . Part of the Royal Estate, up to 101,000m to up Estate, Royal the of Part . 43 AT AT - The - position of Watthe Pathumwanara P ATHUMWANARAM วัดปทุมวนาราม 98 2 estate located on an area of 170,000 m )

is a Buddhist monastery in Bangkok, in monastery Buddhist a is

2 has been allocated been has

en en 2 , Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. and buildings. Moreover, the red area is multipurpose space for complex activities, such as such activities, complex for space multipurpose is area red the Moreover, buildings. and images Buddha rest admiring of layman whilst and are whereallowed people domain tocome monks and people to practice Dh practice to people and monks both for atmosphere peaceful a with monastery of domain existing the is map the on space shops, monks offices, for example. Wat Pathumwanaram is also the same structure. The yellow religious retail, parkingspace,like activities generalforprovided is domain Dharma.Another the practice and rest peaceful a take to come temporarily who people and monks by occupied monks to practice the Dharma and live. Normally, religious activities placetake in the domain for mainly provided domain monastery the is area yellow the above, map the to According from brought originally were which LanVientiane the (Laos) along with Chang. temple, this at housed finally were images Buddha cherished Siam Two population. the local the by with culturally controlled fitted well Laos were who of people (Isan)Kingdom; Northeast the in districts poor from came monks most time, that At today. Laos in located region Chamapasak the from Laotian a was abbot first The emerge. to helped had he that Buddhism of branch reformist a monks, Thammayut near worship, of place a as temple, a build to decided who IV)

rdtoal, h ue sae o Wt ae eaae mil it to domains. two into mainly separated are Wats of spaces used the Traditionally, The Wat Pathum Wanaram was completed in 1857 by H.M. the King Mongkut (Rama King Mongkut (Rama byH.M. the was in1857 completed The Wanaram Pathum Wat Figure ar ma. While the red space is located near RAMA I, it is the is it I, RAMA near located is space red the While ma. 44 - The - Wat surroundings 99 his Sra Pathum Palace, for for Palace, Pathum Sra

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. the public to use it as a public space for relaxing and boating activities. spacethe publictouse as boating it relaxing a and public for activities. toallow was current pond lotus the theoriginal of purpose South; tothe pondlocated existing the is second the and Wat the of North the to located was exists, longer no which first, The neighborhood. the in ponds lotus big two build to tried IV, Rama or Mongkut, King the H.M. context In this architecture. Thai in element keya wateris chapter, preceding the describedin

year.the parking spaces for rent, retail shops, an office and a plaza for the Wat’s cel Figure 45 ot o te a i a od ou pn wih xse pir o t cntuto. As construction. its to prior existed which pond lotus old an is Wat the of South - The - shows drawing theWatis the position in-betwe of the in which context. The domains;Wat context. monasteryintomainly an is dividedtwo the Figure 46

– Remaining lotuspond Wat the in 100 enelements research site ofand the d the layman domains. dlaymanthe domains. ebrations ebrations throughout

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. was a healthy environment to improve education. was improve to a education. environment healthy outcomemain the andcommunity the for interactionssense socialanurtured those All 2012). wat ( accessible via theKhlong Saen Saeb rice fields later during their daily routine; at the time the area was still merely a rice field, only in toiling while spirits their lift to able were residents poor knowledge, acquired the Through Buddhism. of doctrine the order), and law (cosmic Dharma study to monks novice for walls residents gradually (Laos became today) literates. moral and cultural topics by pointing arts with their fingers while telling stories and Lan Chang firs the perhaps were paintings Wanaram's

วัดปทุมวนาราม (Thai Klong along settled were they and 1828), - (1805 Vientiane of Kingdom Lao the of king last the was who Anouvong, Chao of rebellion the in captured were who group Chang Thai-Lan former the of families few only were there Formerly, III. Rama King the of reign the during damp, swampy orunhealthy activities. areas withpotential immoral generatingare national often andmigrant Thai workers. communities although above described been has Pathumwanaram Wat the behindcommunity area. เด็กวัด : คลอง The lite The 3.3.3 Young children played at Wat Pathum Wanaram in the afternoon or worked as ‘dek ‘dek as worked or afternoon the in Wanaram Pathum Wat at played children Young boundary the outside built was Pariyathitham named school wooden modest a Later, Pathum Wat the of walls the on Buddha of life the depicting murals are There The additional noun, slum, is dramatic from a human perspective: overcrowded, dirty, dirty, overcrowded, perspective: human a from dramatic is slum, noun, additional The the of origin The community. and slum words: two are there community, slum the In ) ’

wiharn «canal») Saen Saeb or Sean Seap canal, which was used to irrigate crops in this this in crops irrigate to used was which canal, Seap Sean or Saeb Saen «canal») (temple boys) as revealed by the 65-year-old Vice abbot (interviewed, 27 )

, comesIt fromyears itself,behind a the Wat. quietlocation ago erected 100 was T HE SLUM COMMUNITY COMMUNITY SLUM HE ral name of ‘The community behind the Wat Pathumwanaram’ (Thai: Pathumwanaram’(Thai: Wat the community behind ‘Theof name ral (h bidn ue b te udit a cmuiy o wrhp. These worship). for community lay Buddhist the by used building (the t ‘textbook’ known for these illiterate villagers. Monks taught Monks villagers. illiterate these for known ‘textbook’ t ( – BEHIND THE THE BEHIND a water canal. canal. a water 101 W AT AT P ATHUMWANARAM ) ) th

ชุมชนหลัง January Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. A land survey value was conducted between 1985 and 2012 and discovered that one of the of one that discovered and 2012 and 1985 between conducted was value survey land A pay to unable rentexpensive but are who workers for expensive incredibly is rental estate real the In Bangkok, advantage. monetary possible the is reason only The workers. for demand constant and activities economic to proximity close its due community the in live to desire slums in living population The economy. expandingthe in living of standard better a achieve could theythat growth of have citizens been caused by thelower classes from rural areas thatmoved thinking the and congestion The Bangkok. of District Pathumwan bythe slum a as classified officially m 70,400 approximately is area land The family). Royal (the Pathum Wat the where of position the Wanaram community islocated: depicts 46 Figure 37). p. 2002, (Evans, services housing constructed over areas of constant flooding, which have informal no sewerage of or public consist garbage Bangkok in communities slum of majority the that mentioned be to has It tracks. railroads and/or wetlands on living and 26) p. 1994a, (Development, lands private squatting often earners wage daily of millions representing 29) p. 2009a, (Johnson, Bangkok around and in communities slum hundreds and hundreds are There area. that in existences

t os niae o hr te ie s o pol wo r lvn udr precarious under living are who people for is life the hard how indicate does It

Due to the reputation of the business area, land in this district is extremely expensive. expensive. extremely is district this in land area, business the of reputation the to Due Today, the land where the community is housed belongs to The Crown Property Bureau Figure a contrario, 47 - The - location behindof Wanaram community the Watthe Pathum the slum, offers theslum, housing. inexpensive 102 2 with 2959 residents and is is and residents 2959 with

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. a oc pr o te a Ptuwnrm Te col s poie h Ta-a Chang's Thai-Lan the opposite community. is school The Pathumwanaram. Wat the of part once was the under and Sirindhorn education metropolitan administration (BMA). inthe Bangkok Chakri Maha Princess H.R.H. of the Patronage now is community the luck, unfortunate sandwiched andCentral between theParagon World the shopping mall. this amid Additionally, history. agricultural its of traces last the away bleeding and community Chang Thai-Lan past the slicing is line the polluted black water, which was once a tranquil canal. A Bangkok Transport System (BTS) through basis, hourly an on racing are Boats Express and remains water Instead, past. the in covered thateven thearea becamegrass a of a somuch surprising comfort. patch without streets different a for used be to purpose: ahigh value project instead ofa community. slum land the want Investors business. is move Business to else. pressure somewhere of forms various and evictions facing are community the in inhabitants It that means project. a park as thearea rezone wantbut today they to CrownBureau Property อาศัย ( surroundings nearby Paragonand Siam the is land valued most

พ . ศ Initially, the school was constructed in 1933 on land of the Crown Property Bureau that h Wt ahmaaa Sho is School Pathumwanaram Wat The Butestate. real behind the poverty large and ishidden premium walls concrete donewas it ascrops longerfor irrigatedno canalis SaebSean the or SaebKlongSaen city forming is and business on focusing solely is area this on development urban The 3.3.4 . 2528-2555 »,2528-2555 d.). s. That survey includes the community

T HE HE – logically W AT AT P ATHUMWANARAM ATHUMWANARAM – considering any agricultural livelihood; layers of pavement pavement of layers livelihood; agricultural any considering S CHOOL 103 tp of type a

lmnay col ne te Royal the under school elementary « ’ s land which belongs to The การเปลี่ยนแปลงราคาที่ดินและที่อยู department of department

่ Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. come from derelict homes and poor working class backgrounds. The children, whose families families whose children, backgrounds.The class working poor and homes derelict fromcome education system that supplied them. The school provides for pupils aged seven to sixteen, who community 2009b,p.29). (Johnson, was changing rapidly meals and first andsecond, contributions were appreciated! therefore donations education receiving were children that announcing school the the of in placed entrance was sign a clear and visitors for attraction tourist a school impoverished the not have sufficient money to provide all meals. It was decided to tackle this problem by making did they that meant funding limited the but paytuition to students poor require not did school The needs. basic students' cover to enough not was amount the expenses, school the cover same, despite greater learning opportunities. the remained community the of poverty the while budget government's the strained education of cost rising the period, that During rooms. eight of total a get to storey second a adding by premises its expanded school the that successful so wasSchool'sWanaram Pathum Wat the at enrolment The walls. any without structure wooden simple a School, Wanaram monastery's abbot was granted by the government to build the first building of the Wat Pathum

The skills of villagers who now live in the community have changed, as well as the as well as changed, have community the in live now who villagers of skills The of sense Chang's Thai-Lan constant, remained poverty community's the While to budget annual an supplied (BMA) Authority Metropolitan Bangkok the Although the 1932, in monarchy constitutional a by replaced was monarchy absolute the When Figure 48 - The - position of Watthe Pathumwanaram School 104

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Dr Predawan Intavimolsri, says that these students are so happy with the new school that “ the to added be will - system curriculum thefuture. in education Thailand's in banned formerly languages two Japanese and Chinese onward. Kindergartenfrom students to taught now is quality. English top of furniture and aids visual computers, with equipped were classrooms Many libraries. two and technology state-of-the-art with constructed was school new The insignia. Royal her Princess oversaw its construction from beginning to end and affixed the finished building with a better school. On 18 and closer listened. What she stepped learned from these She villagers was that tourists. they needed to of improve their lives eyeswith the by missed been had that community a noticed and fields rice with abundant impoverished farmers, an entire beencommunity paused and looked. HRH Maha Chakri Sirindhorn once had that property the across traipsing curiously On that fateful HRHPrincess went walk, Sirindhorn MahaChakri inquisitive day, for when an family. Royal the in found be to strength also is There school. its of presence the 2) and Wat the to connection strong its 1) are together community the holding components two only the for globalizationrampant ahead while their parents struggled to earn adequate income. Today, prepared be to tend school the inside students The schoolhouse. wooden old the demolished Royalannual was Patronage. helped significantly budget; however it with the creation of the take responsibility about student’s diets. Such problems cannot be solved by the Governments’ to have teachers and administrators school Therefore, health. bad to due class attend to failed no longer sufficiently grew their own food, were weakened from the lack of nutrition and many

At present there than40teachers are more and 700 students.The over school Director, and classrooms 48 with school cement seven-storey a built BMA the Recently, Figure th 49 June 2007, an opening ceremony was held at the new schoolhouse. The - Wat Pathumwanaram School - New school Wat - PathumwanaramNew - andbuilding studen School 105 ts ts

they they –

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. regarding flows of people, the Siam Centre has bridges connecting others malls. regarding of theSiam Centre people, has flows bridgesmalls. connecting otherschapter preceding the with linked and view of point architecture an From victims. fashion There are countries. numerous premium shops with limited other stock per product; in it explains its success amid unavailable brands Thai many houses it as tourists among popular very Ideaopolis’ phase new the established Centre Siam 2013, In 1995. in fire a after including times, several renovation undergone Ithas malls. shopping first the of onewas 1973 and in built wasCentre Siam Paragon.Siam to next andSquare Siam the this kept have that community hardships. together despite footholds the are family Royal the and school, the Wat, The students. home” return to rush don't

site: site: research the in located are malls shopping luxury and malls shopping Large d.). s. »,Nation o-akd y h sca mda Facebook media social the by top-ranked

3.3.5 As it is recognized, this district is the most important shopping area in Bangkok and Bangkok in area shopping important most the is district this recognized, is it As Siam Centre Centre Siam . The Siam Center famoushas and internationallocal Siam brands/stores; Center is

S HOPPING HOPPING (Thai: M ALLS สยามเซ็นเตอร์ Figure . h sho poie fe uiom ad col uce t all to lunches school and uniforms free provides school The

50 - The - position malls of Shoppingthe ) is located on the right of Rama I road opposite from opposite road I Rama of right the on located is (« 106 Sa Prgn os aeok lbly The - globally Facebook tops Paragon Siam re - rnig tef s im etr ‘The Center Siam as itself branding

largest shopping malls in Bangkok. largest Bangkok. shopping in malls the of one is which mall, MBK famous the and Station Stadium national BTS with center the connected with the skywalk, an elevated pedestrian bridge along the BTS line, which connects also is mall The inside. store decorations house and gift large the probably is attraction main its However, showcases. fashion and concerts for spot a regularly is It offices. business for 40,000 sqm2. The architectural layout consists of six floors for the shopping mall and 30 floors

tourists tourists with high incomes with premium international brands/stores and also Thais attracting the class segment upper on focused mainly mall luxurious a is It Square. Siam opposite road, Figure 52

im Discovery Siam

Siam Paragon Siam - - Siaminsurrounded evening by the SraPathumDiscovery Palac Figure is the only upscale mall in the area. It is located on the right of Rama I Rama of right the on located Itis area. the in mall upscale onlythe is (Thai: 51 - Siam Centre (left) and the Tower of Siam Discovery (right) - Siam(right) of Siam(left) and Centre Discovery Tower the สยามดิสคัฟเวอรี่ (right). ) 107 pnd n 97 I i a 6 trybidn of storey-building 36 a is It 1997. in opened e (left) and Siame World(left) and Paragon/Central

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. is a result of a joint venture by Siam Piwat, the company that owns the adjacent Siam adjacent the owns that company the Piwat, Siam Group.Centre/SiamMall Discovery The and malls, shopping by venture joint a of result a is area was Royal parkland of the Srapatum Palace. From business perspectives, the Siam Paragon lease. The site, leased for 30 years, part is of the Bureau of the Crown Property; previously the its of end the at 2002 in demolished was which Hotel, Intercontinental Siam the former of location the on built was Paragon Siam teenagers. i.e. powers purchasing high with market

months of repair work. ofrepairmonths work. after reopened complex Rachaprasong shopping the of the portion a 2010, September of 28 On district. blockage shopping complete included which demonstrations of months after removed forcibly were protestors anti-government Shirts Red the when fire on set properties Paragon Unfortunately, interms of size. on19May one was 2010, Central ofthe many World Siam rival nearby its topping mall, shopping its sqm2 550,000 to expanded World Central world (Pickett, Cadenasso, & McGrath, 2013, p. In 248). 2006, after three years of renovation, offices; it is owned by Central Pattana and considered as the 3 the as considered and Pattana Central by owned is it offices;

eta World Central Figure 54 - Central world shopping plaza (left) - View from CentralView - - Inte Ratchaprasong plaza shopping world (left) Figure (Thai: 53

- - Siamspaces Entrance - in-between and Paragon เซ็นทรัลเวิลด์ ) s pae nldn, sopn ml, oe and hotel mall, shopping a including, place a is 108 rd largest shopping mall in the the in mall shopping largest rsection (right) rsection(right)

cl extra pay charges. The to selection of products and services in the have neighborhood is adapted for every social they if even product/service same the like they similarities: purchasing behavioral same the have customers their because styles, different through brands, respective their for ofsales create point owners to tried Business customers. and retain struggle toattract supply and demand simple the on based purchasing concept. market entire the of shares the affect logically they however taste and behaviors customer different backgrounds, economic diverse from the foreigners and of workers, office people, young are Visitors perspective country. the across income average the into number that putting by amount important an represents which fighting onewithin ofthe togetpromoted shopping square.at located malls Siam currently are and cake the of piece a want segments market different from worldwide brand new or reputable every with visible clearly is result The Arabic. and Europeans, Japanese, Chinese, i.e. customers foreign and investments foreign attract to able were malls shopping researchas a ‘cross site heartbeats toreveal can heard nation. the of economic be city,and the even conditions where place economic pivotal a are neighborhood its and site research the that perception the developed on workdays and more than 50,000 people during the weekends. on workdaysthe weekends. 50,000people during than and more on theresearch site Indeed,20,000 people to differentan markets. average of segment there is Source: SiamSource: 201 Square ass, community. except the slum

E CONOMIC CONSIDERATIO h cret iuto o te im egbrod a b acpe as accepted be can neighborhood Siam the of situation current The h bsns cniin t h rsac st i hgl cmeiie md trs that stores amid competitive highly is site research the at condition business The By giving the opportunity to international and luxury brands to open their stores, the stores, their open to brands luxury and international to opportunity the giving By Inflows of domestic and international capitals have set the Siam neighborhoods and the The average spending is 33 dollars or 38 euros (about 1,000 baht) per basket/person per baht) 1,000 (about euros 38 or dollars 33 is spending average The in the education, fashion, and technology areas. There are many factors leading to to leading factors many are There areas. technology and fashion, education, the in 8

- road junction’ of diversities in terms of products and servicesadapted of interms and junction’of products road diversities NS

109 advanced

and 18 , Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

Patumwanaram, and tourists. office venders, workers, street monks spend most of their daily life/time in the area such as inhabitants of the community behind Wat offerrental brands. places for incoming 2016. In the 1950s shopping malls were offering their own product while current malls mainly fol market segments are different and are not fully overlapping from the 4Ps marketing theory and are tocapitalize/manipulate seeking those identities. who people by space economic the of dominance a for used be can identities conflicting how choices rather than a collective consciousness. The various activities at the research site reflect personal their follow and identities their create to foundation the as culture use time present society’ ‘postmodern this as to situation refer researchers some society, present the in role Because important 352). an plays p. consumption 2013, Turner, & (Susen fields social of tendencies their the and habitus) between (the relationship different forms, different dispositions, durable habits, schemes of appreciation and have action with which agents are endowed characters those Bourdieu, characters/disposition and their economic environment andstructure. out by Aspointed Pierre individual’s shape reciprocally factors different Logically, interactions. and mutual through their own customizedtheir own inadesigned lifestyle setting”. self-branding, allowing individuals to explore their own in identity in three dimensions and build ahead get to strategies marketing use most people’s to as life….……..Architecture, need life of walks all in people celebrities; lowing Neumeier’s summary ofthe concept There is an interesting shift between brick-and-mortar malls/businesses in 1950 and 1950 in malls/businesses brick-and-mortar between shift interesting an is There hs dvre rus f epe ae produced have people of groups diverse These and live who stakeholders influences it because important is condition economic The Co The current highly competitive condition does not directly affect malls because their because malls affect directly not does condition competitive highly current The

I a osmr rvn cnm, rnig s’ js fr opne, iis or cities, companies, for just isn’t branding economy, driven consumer a “In nsumption nsumption fully drives economic activities at the research site and the neighborhood (Abercrombie, Hill, & Turner, 2006). Individuals in the the in Individuals 2006). Turner, & Hill, (Abercrombie, immediate environment, is a central component of of component central a is environment, immediate 110 : :

placeness hc cicds ih the with coincides which (Neumeier, 2005) (Neumeier, 2005)

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 19 elite Thai of number small the for mall shoppingpopular most the remains it “spectacle”; the of part be to come who locals and tourists, classes, upper Thai the of inthe researchmarket segments by malls site representation a following Here Promotion. and Place, Price, Product, perspective: 20 which accounts of the 80% (tourists). customerthe remaining for baseand 20% are non-Thais Paragon is strong brand itself. Since its opening, it became it opening, its Since itself. brand strong is Paragon 2006 to 8.6 to 2006 Thepercentage Thais Non-Thais wouldnotbedisclosed vs. by ratio shops. luxury to successfully market in the Thai society candidates. figures and small discrepancies in amounts and rankings for the GDP per capita: capita: figures GDP per inamounts and and for discrepancies rankings small the different posting are sources various Thailand, In Line’. ‘Poverty the below living people Targeted social class class social Targeted Customers Customers Rank Rank capita per GDP http://www.bangkok.com/top10/top10-shopping-siam.htm (accessed http://www.bangkok.com/top10/top10-shopping-siam.htm (accessed http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.NAHC/countries/TH?display=graph (ac http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SI.POV.NAHC/countries/TH?display=graph eeal, h MK etr trcs hi iies epcal yug fie workers) office young (especially citizens Thai attracts center MBK the Generally, hi tree gop ae oh hi epe n frinr. o eape te Sia the example, For foreigners. and people Thai both are groups targeted Their Thailand is an upper middle income country that has reduced poverty from 21.9% in 21.9% from poverty reduced has that country income middle upper an is Thailand Siam Paragon is interesting because it is a space for luxury products which are not easy – – Foreigners Foreigners Thais % according to the latest assessment in 2016 in assessment latest the to according Table 1 - Market segments comparison - Malls - Research - Malls TableMarketsiteMBK - (except - segments 1 comparison Monetary Fund Fund Monetary International International 6,590$ 6,590$ (2017) (2017) 84 TableGDPpercapita - Thailand - 2 th

Elite/Middle Elite/Middle Central Central World World 50% 50% – but it officially works despite the customer profile.

111 19 : :

Discovery Discovery 5 Middle Middle th Siam Siam November 2018) 25% 25% 65 % – Source Source 20 the place to be to place the World Bank World . There are, however, still many still however, are, There . 6,594$ 6,594$ (2017) (2017) – 83 and the huge number of elite of number huge the and cessed5

Paragon Paragon Siam Siam Elite Elite 50% 50% th August 2017)

and ) United Nations Nations United to be seen be to Low income Lowincome 5,911$ 5,911$ (2016) (2016) 88 Centre MBK MBK

Siam Siam 20% 80% th

–

for m Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. representatives to perform business activities, especially if he is in a high position in the Wat. the in position high a in is he especiallyif activities, business perform to representatives estate. However, these are ideal expectations in reality and may asnot exist monk a can assign real- as such form anyin or donations with businessman a become not should monk a words, Inotherpolicies. and asceticrulesand principles Buddhist activitiesdue business with deal to monka expect not do people Thai activities. business Pathumwanaram's Wat the in role main

effect is their selling spaces/places are not permanent. Fortunately, they are mobile. mobile. Fortunately,effectare theirselling they is spaces/places are notpermanent. walkways. rubbish The leftand creates it direct onthe use thearguments that isdisorder there who landowners by evictions confront usually vendors street However, neighborhood. the in malls. The street vendors have their own targeted groups who mostly are cash-strapped workers goods around the area because their prices are cheaper than those provided inside the shopping such sell to stand They rituals. religious for flowers and beverages, food, of kinds various sell vendors street The interaction. social or movement economic an join to opportunity an have dominated by a modern discourse of luxury and prestige. Bourdieu (1986) proposed an an proposed (1986) Bourdieu arguing taste, about prestige. explanation interesting and luxury of discourse modern a by dominated national and system education the to capitalists. resources, are groups Sino-Thai ofwhich access most held of mainly small by to opportunity an lacked have who people real The p.193). (Richter, income 1999, estate tothe due discrepancies exist large of numbers and construction finance, banking, manufacturing, agriculture, sectors: all in economy, active the of parts many possesses elite that However, million. 69.52 of population Thai current the with limited capital compared to the owners of businesses at the shopping malls. They, strategies.such marketing andsocial experiments/ interventions with neighborhood associated and researchsite the exploit who capitalists great of groups the social hierarchythe purchasing power. through the in role symbolic a play items luxury and names Brand today. exists still it unavoidably and classes social Thai with perfectly fits This society. of classes other from distinction or distance their enforce to order in dominant socially the by maintained and determined is that intellect but socially conditioned. The objects of consumer choice reflect a symbolic hierarchy The wealthiest class Secondly, has been group a by formed people significant who orplay cooperate with a One visible influence that accompanies consumption is people’s tastes which have been First, from an observation during the research, there are many street vendors who come with competing from excluded are who people of groups other the are there However, – large majority are of Sino-Thai origin taste 112 is not individualistic choices of the human the of choices individualistic not is – is a miniscule portion of

at least , Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

perspective, it is a virtuous cycle because it economic means less investment an but greater From return and profit. Buddhism. to restricted is cycle life that it; received has monk the after One point often eluded the is fact that the item, merit, the is automatically returned to the shop examples known are etc spaces, parking from money receiving shop, a managing items, religious Sell neighborhood. neighborhood. thiseconomy in the driven has andpeople some for jobs sourceof a is it objective,overriding the arguably and Undeniably malls. shopping the as such businesses other to form differenta ofbusiness in but a to denyIt kind is prime this location.a hard a that is famous andisin Wat that are well-located. Wat The Pathumwanaram is certainly category inthis as contains it both andfor satisfaction. make their ownpersonal charitable donation consumption theories could be applied for both. theoriesconsumption beapplied could for both. and contemporaries. profit, their like business sales good achieving of aim the towards work monks The profits. make to all spaces, parking activities in the research site. Its space is divided into a convenience store, a souvenir shop, and Most Most people are aware of the practice but they don’t focus on that magic cycle monks. the to (donation) merit make to shop Wat's the in available are products Many Such businesses above are popular in many Wats in Thailand, especially Watsfamous and identical are Malls the and Wat the between activities business Interestingly, economic the of part fully is Wanaram Pathum Wat the location, good its of Because Figure 55

– Wat – Point of sales (left) / Merit (right) (left) / Point Merit of sales 113

-formula

3.5 ad n ivs (r s fr xenl ud fo etra ivsos i sopn mls and malls shopping in becomelegal partners structures. through joint-venture investors) external from funds external for ask (or invest and land attribute given to the royal family and the business representatives, or investors. The elites own chapter, previous the In inhabitants. income middle and (investors), representatives business family, categories were created with specific time and place attributes (decided/undecided, (decided/undecided, attributes place and time specific permanent/temporary),graphicallyfollows: as represented with created were categories the interest at the research site. In that context, on-site observations were conducted and related into into in “ located typically are individuals Those infrastructure). transportation public streets, (walking their decide directly location not but are influenced by different factors and criteria: seasonal do activities, customer flows They survive. to sales of point temporary and mobile open to

P in a slum area or religious representatives “forced” to live in a sacred place created OPULATION DILEMMA DILEMMA OPULATION -between spaces. 3.5.1 Undecided temporary category temporary Undecided The diversity of individuals and their different profiles, purposes and needs confirms needs and purposes profiles, different their and individuals of diversity The Undecided permanent category permanent Undecided Decided permanent category permanent Decided elite • • (Temple) Wat the behind individuals) income Monks Slum (very low low (verySlum Permanent

Undecided

L a ue t nm a oil ls bt n hs hpe “lt” es transversal a sets “elite” chapter this in but class social a name to used was EARNING FROM EARNING Figure ”

- Categories/attributes - ofindividuals site research atthe / • • • WITH DIFFERENCES WITH Inhabitants Non-slum Non-slum Investors family Royal Permanent Decided

– represented wealthier individuals belong to the royal the to belong individuals wealthier represented

– – represented low individuals economically pushed economically individuals low represented represented poor individuals economically forced forced economically individuals poor represented 114

• Street vendors Street Temporary Undecided • • • users. transportations and tourists). and Templegoers Public Public Visitors (locals Visitors Temporary Decided ex nihilo

community shifted to an individualistic society.community individualistic shifted toan a when and city a into transformed was village small a when started relationships of decline the reminder, a as Indeed, individuals. among interdependences transitive of lack a is reason to go tothe templetopray charitable donations. make or to area temporarily: visitors (customers, tourists) in shopping malls or Temple-goers who decided reflects people’s perspective about local value. The data shows that shows data The value. local about perspective people’s reflects it that study empirical the in perceived be can It propositions. behavioral affect noticeably From developments. economic by replaced collected data, discrepanciessuch wealth clearly unbalance relationships amid individuals and were values traditional since surroundings Thai cultural conflict when a Mall is built next to a Temple a to next built is Mall a whenconflict cultural Thai should not be disparaged. Moreover, disparaged. be not should it and world secular than higher are symbols Buddhist that respect They system. hierarchical the respect and follow will people Thai Traditionally, Wat. the like place spiritual important an than higher are buildings other and Mall that mind don’t majority the that interpreted be necessarily a significant temptation and the effects it may result in. necessarily and maya it theeffects significant temptation result in. as this consider did people most But day. every resist to hard really is that consumption of school a tonextbuilt is Mall Currently, Thai value and behavioral proposition hasbehavioral changed. Currently, and proposition value Thai life. daily their to culture new the accept people Thai meant has influence and culture global by researchers: Decided temporary category temporary Decided 3.5.2 primary The basis. daily a on passing-by often are individuals of categories Those A changing scenario inthe Thai observed urban and society site at its was the research A further point is tha A further pointis 3.5.3 First of all, a distinction has to be made between a tension and a conflict, as proposed as conflict, a and tension a between made be to has distinction a all, of First

V C ALUE AND BEHAVIORAL PROPOSITIONS BEHAVIORAL AND ALUE ONFLICTS ANALYSIS ONFLICTS t by 45% by The Siam Area SiamArea

is not good for students to see and learn the main streammain learnthe and see to students goodnotfor is

the – represented individuals who decided to come in an in come to decided who individuals represented Siam Area creates a Thai cultural conflict when a when conflict cultural Thai a creates Area Siam 115 changes

the Thai Thai the by 49%. by culture by 66% It is below 50 % and can and % 50 below Itis the Siam Area creates a a creates Area Siam expressing that

born, often at location lived/are the where same their parents living. households livingmorethe population is people inacompact than3,000 with500 area. resulting in bloody political conflicts. resulting political inbloody conflicts. represent the visible results of economic failures which leads to conflicts between socialthey classes because passed-by are they economy the of lens the through but others, hurting refrain to and culture Thai the still is it times, many reiterated As issues. those about talk to keen beginning of the research the reasons behind the conflicts were not clear and residents were not find employment manufacturing, construction, etc.). (building Thailand are temporarily living in that area to be closer to workplaces( frenetic consumerism for the middle and upper social classes in the malls, and the and malls, the in classes social upper and middle the for consumerism frenetic back, workers who are often livingback,are in workers who often ideas ofthe public interest. space” forces, give Various idealsandactions shape to different and people of groups different between relations the mediates space public which in ways the of aware made are we activities, informal by generated tensions the Through bad. necessarily not is Tension conflictual…… always not is “Tension 2 1 The research inhabitantsofthe communityclassified twomaingroups: be can into Currently, crowded. very is PathumWanaram Wat the behind place the Undoubtedly, h rsac st i a on ih w fcs the faces: two with coin a is site research The In recent decade, conflicts arose at the research site and in the slum. Surprisingly, at the 2 3 1 wereDuringthe following: research, conflicts as highlighted the , 2008, p. 39). Statistically, they became the majority of people in the community and – – – – – Disparities withlivingincongruence conditions/ Cultural considerations/frustrations. Eviction.

Local Outsiders individuals and urban families who have lived in the area since they were were they since area the in lived have who families urban and individuals individuals and urban families who came from other provinces and who and provinces other from camewho families urban and individuals – inhuman 116 – conditions. conditions. A. Franck, Quentin2007: (Eds) and recto Housing Finance Mechanisms in te rn, h ouec ad a and opulence the front, the , verso

, the the ,

29 Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. pray partcharitable of ortomake privacy. donations and everyone’s religion is

However it. into enter to time the taking not was a temple next to the shopping malls, and whether they knew it, they ignored the temple by were they time; that officiated, a from today. listening psychologists as ofview, contemporary point at sins Christian absolve to able were and listening were priests said concept) (laic secularism the beforeremoved the strong hold of the Christianity on European governments/monarchies. society It has to be of actors full were they when Europe in ago How tostart a new life? relocate? to where questions: terrible and subjacent same the with left are Both fields. battle associated its and war a escaping are who migrants to comparable emotionally is generations luxury (sustainable for there living been have who families and brands individuals uprooting perspectives, human From management), rules. and standards nationwide facilities apply to intention its with governments the and image/impact), of (optimization capitalism sources: various from come eviction of causes root the Therefore, policies. urbanization with the avoiding are migrants those complying without built are households and taxes, pay not hencedo economicpolicies/realm, that underlined research the perspective, analysis lucid a From migrants. of flow constant the via permanent became temporarily slum; the in stayed temporarily individuals rural although Bangkok in slums many in conducted were evictions on juicy-profit objectives and for marketing constraints by eliminating the dark side of the coin, Igel,conflict(Development, 1994b; Basically1986; Phonchokchai, 1992). Korff, based 1992; h rsac crooae vros tde cnutd bu ti rcret eviction recurrent this about conducted studies various corroborated research The Eviction The identified problem during the research was often individuals did not know there know not did individuals often was research the during problem identified The From a European point of view, an analogy can be made with Christians priests decades 3 2 1 throughDuring lenses: different research, conflicts cultural the were raised considerationsCultural conditions Living and – – – Social behaviors. Social behaviors. Living incongruence. Religion. 117

at the same time nobody can force someone to someone force can nobody time same the at

set. mind changeconsumerist inevitably to their pushes individuals Globalization above. confirmed as activities, criminal to turn naturally they comes, reality networked, TV working hard from early in the morning to late eveningwere but today parents the new Previously, generations are conditions. social working the shifted parents the of absence The of living. standard acceptable an maintain to and money get to working needs: basic constant the by eluded is children and parents between relationship the Furthermore, trend. individualistic criterion and space anefficient relevant framework. tobuild in-between key a as perceived was congruence living the Indeed, dissertation. present the in proposed branded such as 7/11. supermarkets Tesco or chicken and urbanization didnot eggs. The allowpeople rampant toinvestigate alternatives to the in animals breed or fruits or vegetables grow people to projects or initiatives common identify the not as did research price The neighborhoods. same other in the than expensive at more is markets which neighborhood, the at life daily their for materials raw unnecessary and necessary have to products/services. forced subliminally are they society, consumerism a is keyWat ledtoconflict resurgence. factor which (temple) aconfirms or ofthearea. and theignorance ofinformation surrounding lack either The similar blindness occurs with regards to the slum community behind the Wat Wat the behind community slum the to regards with occurs blindness similar The the of wave the feel inhabitants confirmed research the society, modern any in As 3 framework space in-between the influenced mainly alternatives available of lack The or food ready-made buy Inhabitants example. good a is life, for needs basic as Food, As established above, the community lives in a high living costs area. Influenced by the the behind living community the in poverty the that accentuated research present The 2 – – Social behaviorsSocial incongruence conditions/ Living aficionados , and think money is easier to get today than decades ago. When the

118

– except Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

features of features conflict first be have mitigated. to understood tobeshared and individuals that should be resolved in a neutral place dedicated to mediation; root causes of any 3.6 resolve theresearch social in conflicts site. spirit of place and differentiation between places can help to establish a proper relationship and of features chapter,social because in Thailand public and private spaces have direct owners as mentioned in the preceding alternative by merely adapting features of the the of features adapting merely by alternative with the Thai culture. for people to participate in a decision-making process and to live together in peace, accordingly opportunities provide which institutions social various incorporates which concept social a is sustain social and interactions associated tominimize conflicts. Fewareas became a or beliefs in Thailand as precisely stated by Rieger Jandl, 2002 Jandl, Rieger by stated precisely as Thailand in pc ae irrd n h deln ad ut e nesod n hi rltosi t other to relationship andknow- tools volumes,shapes, of onlya matter not is world built Thelife. their social of aspects in understood be must and dwelling the in mirrored are space

I N -B 3.5.4 This conceptually neutral and intermediate mediation place proposed extends current extends proposed place mediation intermediate and neutral conceptually This of groups different among conflicts latent shows research present the of outcome The 3.6.1 For those reasons, the proposed proposed the reasons, those For physicalamean it space;not does reconciliation spaceof public aGenerally admitted, After data collected was reconciled, it was obvious physical and symbolic symbolic and physical obvious was it reconciled, was collected data After Outcomes of the present research clearly reveal constant development in the Siam area. ETWEEN SPACES ETWEEN – dimensions are influencing the pattern and the overall identity of in

C C -between ONCLUSION REATION CRITERIA REATION becoming becoming places where specific social purposes and needs are opaque. Indeed, opaque. are needs and purposes social specific where places

-between situation assituation in

spaces cannot be easily changed but can be improved to improved becan but easilybechanged cannot spaces in -between 119 in

in -between -between space framework tends to offer a different different a offer to tends framework space “ spaces. The extremely varied conceptions of conceptions varied extremely The spaces in a way to understand the the understand to way a in spaces in -between – religious

spaces Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. campaigns increase the desire of individuals living behind the Wat enhancing (temple) aggressive and generate Those a celebrity, kind individuals. privileged of Thai success the a of part being with by attributes associateddesirable is product a where marketing globalized to induce consumers to buy a product thereby stimulating consumption. Thai marketing is similar to arches rese psychological uses marketing self-confessed site; research the around located refrainedBuddhist principles. by actions unsuccessful creates which frustration and enjoyment hindrance combining the by excited is sense that eventually The abundant flow of money creates a sense of hoping for items displayed in luxury shops and individuals. among control power 2) and desire 1) considerationsof psychologist wereabove,

approval. requesting without purpose any for used be can land Thailand in but clarify to wants researcher the culture Thai the not is It purpose. specific a for land of use the restrict to i.e. usage its on legislate can and deeds forceratherapproach,relevant eviction, alternatives ormediation. than proposing to authorities government the of failure efficiently manage the the urbanization, the immigration in the by slum and to propose instead suggested a brute- be can Explanations entitled. are they which to rights protect and preserve to classes, social whatever individuals, amongst the with interconnected material, thesymbolic wi is ideal The content. symbolic and socio-logical of also but how, visible consequencesvisible inequalities of cultural and discriminations. cultural and known with two those impacting slowly was dimension additional an that demonstrated and sciences physical/ architecture: of researchpresent the of results Thelife. of waypeoples’drivenhave spiritual/symbolic, which dimensions two combines place a of conception the that message main the from deduced researcher the cross, Nazi the ideology, an represent building purposes;the and agricultural into categorized is land Thailand in while purposes building or agricultural h dsr i a eoinl tt, mlfe b mreig detsmn campaign advertisement marketing by amplified state, emotional an is desire The clarified rights of notion the except interviews, during appeared surreptitiously What rm neves a ovos cnweget a te urn fgt n progress in fight current the was acknowledgment obvious an interviews, From Indeed, the Thai government can fully legislate on the ownership of a land i.e. title i.e. land a of ownership the on legislate fully can government Thai the Indeed,

Al huh h aoe ttmn cn e nepee i mn wy ie a ybl can symbol a i.e. ways many in interpreted be can statement above the though and th the technical.” makes thedifference! –

to obtain their goals. It is assumed that they are still still are they that assumed is It goals. their obtain to By comparison, in Europe land is categorized into into categorized is land Europe in comparison, By Rieger Jandl (2002: 93) (2002:93) Jandl Rieger 120

–

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. is questionable. – slum the in living are who employees employlow-income malls shopping that confirmed and via (choices) selection increasing shopping malls. is consumerism whilst area Siam the in inhabitants for all. Thisreinforces thatpowerexists inallrelationships. theprinciple by forsaken slum the in individuals of lives improve to order in decades recent in optimized unemploymenta taxes. collect city and associated to help reducing jobs create assist malls shopping argue to legitimately can Economists profits need. in redistributing individuals and neighborhoods on side-effects the considering plainly leading Thailand, capitalist elites, acquired the rights to impose their appetite for profits without context. associated with control and can be either positive or negative depending upon the situation and the power control. consideration: psychological second the and subjacent the reveal also could desire of creation “ statement legendary the dream; fake of and authorities. government businesses, customers, visitors, Temple-goers, inhabitants, individuals: involved following: an easy non-voiced unskilled labor market to control. Whether it creates a win-win situation situation a Whether creates labor win-win it market control. to an unskilled non-voiced easy fe rcniito o cletd data, collected of reconciliation After That restriction can be considered as a lever to manipulate the mass; it was clearly stated The feeling extracted from interviews denoted opposite polarities by restricting choices visibly not were they because taxes collected about skeptical remains researcher The are who groups small means control power research, present the of context the In always not is Power ‘control’. and ‘power’ between made be to has distinction A 5 4 3 2 1 – – – – – Inexistentculturalmodel tointegratei.e. Thaification,Monarchy. considerations Inexistentbehavioral propositions. model toembrace Incomedisparities amongindividuals. Inexistenturbanization planning(deterritorialization consequences). Ambiguity between public and private spaces due to improper definition among definition improper to due spaces private and public between Ambiguity to be or not not or be to 121 in -between to be” to pcs rain rtra r the are criteria creation spaces was written centuries ago. The The ago. centuries written was

involved populations. impacts. symbolic representations.symbolic materialabstract and (objective) dimensions (subjective) of lens the through evidence-based i.e. methodologies research existing with possible, as far in the lensof collected data: expressed above. Additionally, conditions of the h Ta ciei lse aoe Te otx ws rca bcue t i dlmt r extend on or worldwide conducted delimit researches did reviewing By it criteria. because those crucial of boundaries was context The above. listed criteria Thai the h rsace’ int researcher’s research the the of limitation the to due biased is margin in error the methodology, research coveredqualitative with Indeed, subchapter. been has aspect that process; creation spaces spaces, it was evident in boundaries. those studied in-delimited potential statistical noises betv-bevtos ih soitd rtra o nue hy ee at f the of part were they ensure to criteria associated with objective-observations -between 6 The concept of i 9 8 7 3.6.2 By using created criteria explained earlier, it is possible to emphasize and clarifyemphasizeand them possibleto is earlier, it explained criteriacreatedBy using oee, nwr fo itriw wr peie nuh o ul a rtra it as list criteria a build to enough precise were interviews from answers However, The researcher implicitly assimilated that the difficulty of this research, covering the covering research, this of difficulty the that assimilated implicitly researcher The – – – – Inexistent model to consider psychological side-effects i.e. desire, power control. Inexistenti.e. desire,powercontrol. psychologicalmodel toconsider side-effects Inexistent model to legislate business activities and associated lobbying vs. social vs. lobbying associated and activities business legislate to model Inexistent Ieitn mdlt opy with comply to model Inexistent spaces creation, was to make a distinction between subjective-interpretation and and subjective-interpretation between distinction a make to was creation, spaces nxset oe o hw nla rls iiae ofit ad aoiim among favoritism and conflicts mitigate roles unclear how of model Inexistent

D EVELOPMENT PATTERNS EVELOPMENT rrtto cmae t qatttv rsac wt nmes error numbers; with research quantitative to compared erpretation in n-between -between – graphically visible through a Gauss bell. graphicallyGauss through visible a bell. spaces properties (criteria to consider) are different based on spaces, in the Thai context, is clearly and solely enforced by

122 – omnipresent in -between spaces – as architecture. part of the – rlgos epcs hog its through respects religious creation were analyzed, as in in -between -between

– or or

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. government has a role to play by legislating and balancing policies to ensure benefits are shared merelymoves the same problem toadifferentlocation. It is specificallya condition wherethe it aspect, that in However, authorities. governmental from evictions direct against answer and area? same the in listen place, better a to disparities them relocateto arguecould democracyideal of candidates Logically, those maintain why above, out pointed as However, usual. slum into residential into slum areas,where existing the converting authorities or businesses imagine to difficult is it given: be can clue A potential benefits? the gets who scene, crime a at stated As nominees. without or with deeds title identified clearly are owners which for land on exist squats or slums as considered fully be cannot they considerations, legal despite hand, other to the leads On speculation. which potential answer official any without raised final be the can questions has these Who of employees? All decision? those for index corruption current the is What lobbying? external by influenced they are or process making decision the in enough independent they questions could be raised about whether the authorities’ employees are adequately urbanization planningis not applied today?Bangkok was created not 10 yearsago!Numerous specificconditionsoffering byalternativesvia surroundedbusinesses. W a involved i.e. all DON’Tsforand DOs with strict approach fair and balanced a with accompanied be to has it but harmonya get to keythe still is Education vain. and useless educateas perceived be could laws with comply to to how on individuals efforts Therefore, out! wiped logically are the considerations legal is mode: factor survival Another definitions. the understand to awareness educational adequate have have an armyof lawyers),legalconstraints are notfully understood by individuals who do not (they businesses for Except ownership. of definition the understand not do who individuals and authorities. government businesses, customers, visitors, Temple-goers, inhabitants, individuals: involved

From a research perspective, income disparities could not be avoided. Business is as is Business avoided. be not could disparities income perspective, research a From 3 h dvlpet f h ciein oe fo te an usin Wy efficient Why question: main the from comes criterion the of development The 2 by challenged were spaces private and public context, Thai a in and interviews, From 1 – – – Income disparities among individuals. among Income individuals. disparities Inexistent urbanization planning (deterritorialization planning consequences). Inexistenturbanization Ambiguity between public and private spaces due to improper definition among definition improper to due spaces private and public between Ambiguity cheap 123 labor could afford not to live. at is able to remove street vendors undervendors removestreet to able at is skilled? skilled? Are –

official Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

wagethe minimum incomeabove meansthe cityacross based ma onshopping Adequate income? adequate an make to them enable to inhabitants for space public aside set and are oriain ewe vros oenetl uhrte t jglt iaporae or inappropriate jugulate processes: to architectural of in authorities lack steps a contradictory governmental from came various criterion between that of coordination development The family. Royal the supporting Monarchy. considerations. by role oriented politically ablinded with nor nationalism have biased with neither to values; Thai leveraging families Thai push should context individualistic the Thai Indeed, attention, families. particular requires factor One causes. root their understanding by and first changes behavioral understanding process: obvious an applyingby given be can suggestion a sociologic relevant approach adapted to the Thai context? That problematic is too complex that a propose to able researcher the Is was: question remaining the attitude, in changes covering ma interviews, from listed formally be can propositions behavioral although Indeed, research. construction and construction those entitiesabove tovalidate cultural considerations. (PMO) Office Management Project centralized no is there but authorities, An governmental and process. decision-making the within today architectural project automaticallyincludes a capabilities plethora of actors such as companies, businesses, decision and rights full the hiad Ohr rlgos Msi, hitas ae oeae bt ersn te minorities; the represent but tolerated are Christians) (Muslim, religions Others Thailand. of cornerstone a is Buddhism businesses. and authorities religious with phase consultation symbolic representations. nyothers were collected to tackle behavioral concerns. Because behavioral propositions are t ih b n o tetiket rtra f the of criteria trickiest the of one be might It 4 Thais are constantly embracing dictated values such as Thaification and continually and Thaification as such values dictated embracing constantly are Thais 5 6 neves hw h rlgos rtro ws o ttly vlae drn te pre- the during evaluated totally not was criterion religious the show Interviews redistributed in such a wayto improve dailylives for all inhabitants. Isn’t it possible to – – – Inexistent model to embrace behavioral propositions. Inexistentmodel embrace to behavioral propositions. Inexistent model to comply with with comply to model Inexistent nxset oe t itgae utrl osdrtos .. hiiain n the and Thaification i.e. considerations cultural integrate to model Inexistent post -check validation. Another issue raised during the research was who has who was researchthe duringraised issue Another validation. -check 124 – omnipresent pre cnutto wt ihbtns design, inhabitants, with -consultation in -between – religious respects through its through respects religious pc dvlpet n the in development space lls’ benefits.lls’

religiouspartprojectconcerns managedbythe PMO. ofas the portfolio to be taken into consideration during architectural projects. The researcher proposed to include have representationssymbolicand respectsreligious 50% all result a as Muslim 50% and Buddhist are Thailand in provinces South that forget often foreigners American and European to integrate them into theproposedthem into to integrate ro fromcreated income disparities. areas, specific into poor the moving By zones. luxury from away living are poor the if except eliminated be not could desire a objectively, issue: this tackle to model a elaborate to suffice completelynot does it However, slum. the of existence the knew who visitors and inhabitants from collected were discontents of evidence research, present the of context the In walls. painted from taken directlysamples by measured be also can paint in contained Mercury authority.health national bydetermined limit accepted the over to goes air the leads in particles of house number the when low-cost illness/cancers potential a of asbestos with roof a third-parties: independent by efficiently measured be can it cases, specific For cause? root the as considered been architecture the to exactly determine, measure, or validate root-causes of psychologicalsymptoms. Indeed, has development. Although human aspects i.e. behaviors have to be considered, it is often complex the community. That social impact criterion should be managed by the same PMO (Project PMO same the by managed be should criterion impact social That community. the of livelihoods improve to donation a as redistributed annually be slums by surrounded malls shopping from benefits financial of (%) portion a that idea legislated a suggested researcher The project. architectural/construction an during surroundings low-income of impacts social impacts.

ot cause? ot cause? It might be another problematic area when creating the criterion of the 7 The researcher thought the desire and power-control issues were still relevant enough relevant still were issues power-control and desire the thought researcher The It is the same complexity for power-control: has the architecture be considered as the as considered be architecture the has power-control: for complexity same the is It h rsac hglgtd n bec o lgsain pcfcly eind o prevent to designed specifically legislation of absence an highlighted research The 8 – – Inexistent model to consider psychological side-effects desire, Inexistentmodel consider power control. to i.e. psychological Inexistent model to legislate business activities and associated lobbying vs. social social vs. lobbying associated and activities business legislate to model Inexistent in ghetto -between arguments might be given but the desire is mainly is desire the but given be might arguments 125 spaceframework. in -between

space Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

named Thailand, in businesses and therefore the researcher proposed to transform that portion (%) as a new concept for news unwanted always is money give to required being Obviously, Office). Management imposing by mitigate to help can PMO a which for management project inefficient to due is listening of lack That projects. architectural before conducted not were surrounding the in living are rooted conflicts. As indicated in the previous criteria, previous the in indicated As conflicts. rooted populations. involved waterand throughmanagedbythe PMO directlyproject portfolios. directly be drinking to access not i.e. made will be can improvements Cash but slum the lives. in inhabitants daily to distributed their in improvements get slum the in inhabitants and taxes) additional collect to (or budget its spend to have not does government the CSRD, its from deductions/incentives tax get Companies inhabitants. and government companies, is coupled with tax deduction incentives. The aim is to get achieve a win-win situation between Anti-Corruption Offices. constitutionallyandand Parliamentcreated byauditedhighestindependent PMO the the have be can authority the motivated for political reasons,is oftenthe which case inThailand, theresearcher proposed of to selection the Because constraints. Thai cultural of understanding full a with coupled skills negotiation strong with concern and needs puzzled those of picture authorityactingand as overseeing a mediator. an without needs and interests of poles opposite by generated were conflicts found researcher During interviews, the research gathered hidden unsaid truths associated with deep- with associated truths unsaid hidden gathered research the interviews, During 9 full getthe orderto in parties all involve to authority needs capable alegitimate andA pre – 3.6.3 nxset oe ad nla rls o iiae ofit ad aoiim among favoritism and conflicts mitigate to roles unclear and model Inexistent -consultations and -consultations

I NTRICACIES IN EXPRESSED OPINIONS EXPRESSED IN NTRICACIES CSRD ( Corporate Social Responsibility Social Corporate keeps destroyed isnot problems soit by its abreastof them” “A post successful city neighborhood is a place that sufficiently sufficiently that aplace is cityneighborhood successful -check validations, as milestones during the project. The The project. the during milestones as validations, -check 126 pre

-consultation with inhabitants who inhabitants with -consultation

Donation (Wall &(Wall Waterman, 2010) ), because a donation a because),

per categorize, to criteria, ableallowing particular expressed inpeople’s tounderline idiosyncrasies was researcher the that way a in opinions their expressed and area interests. differentand backgrounds different having interviewees the despite opinions convergencesof

Siam Area hasmany traffic congestion Siam Area is asafe area Siam Area has enough public spaces Siam Area has good public spaces The Temple is apublic space The Mall is a private space

olwn te miia suy ih aiu gop o pol te expressed they people of groups various with study empirical the Following Indeed, the researcher fully understood incompatible characters of places in the Siam Siam the in places of characters incompatible understood fully researcher the Indeed,

Table 3 - Definition of public and private spaces TableDefinitionpublic - of 3 private spaces and TableUrban - planning 4 127

opinions: opinions:

87% 40% 30% 35% 30% 40% Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 3 Income disparities 4 Behavioral propositions propositions 4 Behavioral 5 Cultures and Thaification Thaification 5 Cultures and

Siam Area offers cultural activities The SiamArea culture Thai changes the The SiamArea culture Thai reflects the the Temple Siam Area public have park should betweenMall and a the vehicles tobeallowed ought for pedestrians The only SiamArea be should (water, food,electricity) needsaccessThe SiamArea provides basic people’s to workplacesThe SiamArea localpeople offers for enough perspectives areaSiam AreaThe fromeconomic important isan

TableandCultures - Thaification 7

TablepropositionsBehavioral - 6 TableIncome - disparities 5

128 – nomotorized

20% 45% 92% 32% 66% 24% 75% 54% Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 6 Religion and symbolicrepresentations and 6 Religion 7 Psychological considerations 7 Psychological considerations 8. Legislation

The Siam Area creates conflicts between The SiamArea thesocialconflicts classes creates perspectives The area SiamArea frompolitical important isan The Siam Area connects the communities local its various and people connects Area Siam The aschoolto Siam Area creates aThai cultural conflict when a Mall is built next aTempleto Siam Area creates aThai cultural conflict when a Mall is built next Siam Area creates creates Area Siam

lack of co-operation of co-operation lack social classes Table 8 - Religion and symbolic representations TableReligionrepresentations - and 8 symbolic Table 9 - Psychological considerations TablePsychological - considerations 9

betwe Table e 10 n social classessocial n

129 – Legislation

65%. 65%, 65%, 45% 49% 44% 66% Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 9. Conflicts mitigation9. Conflicts

gather, meet and discuss. gather, meet anddiscuss. publicplacesThe SiamArea people offers adequate for to the Temple Siam Area public have park should betweenMall and a the

Table 11 - Conflicts - mitigation 130

30% 75% Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. frameworks have to be considered from a from considered be to have frameworks of creation the to led study empirical frameworks toconsidergiving before during any suggestion theurban planning design. These the found criteria space in-between the findings, the of part to addition In arise. to paradigm interdisciplinary an allows geography human and associated highlight philosophy, architecture, landscape to architecture, fields, many in literature Involving and findings. data collected the of meaning the uncover to aiming involves

potentially answer the research questions. Furthermore, the analysis of analysis the Furthermore, questions. research the answer potentially 4.1 research.

THE CAUSES THAT HAVE LED TO PRODUCING PRODUCING TO LED HAVE THAT CAUSES THE as class, particularly, who are oppressed by the lack of social chances, especially in a big lower city such the is it However, development. in gap a is there dimension social than development in problem of structures are the key criteria resulting in an atmosphere of inequality caused by the The children. their educate to or life of quality their improve to chance limited a in resulting income their toincrease access capital financial to in order difficulties people have significant empirical study. Workplace availability is insufficient given that it is a key economic area. The nuh oklcs o lcl epe (45%). people local for workplaces enough (92%) perspective economic an from area important an is Area -between space both in visible and invisible forms invisible and visible in both space -between ago ad h rsac st wih s ihy cnmcly opttv. L competitive. economically highly is which site research the and Bangkok

I N - BETWEEN SPACE CRITERIA FRAMEWORK CRITERIA SPACE BETWEEN The aim of the data analysis and the results chapter is to adequately support and then and support adequately to is chapter results the and analysis data the of aim The

hl the While CHAPTER outdoor spacesoutdoor inthe city methods tostudy, design manage and therelationship between and indoor oil n economic and social The street design practice shows the necessity of establishing new The thenecessity street shows designpractice ofestablishing

–

D ATA ATA A tutr i Ta scey a mr pwr o direct to power more has society Thai in structure (Nooraddin, 2002). (Nooraddin, 2002). NALYSIS Thai context Thai “ 131 IN n fnig s h icm disparity income the is finding One

- BETWEEN

at F the research site despite that that despite site research the INDING INDING

only ” SPACES IN THE RESEARCH SITE RESEARCH THE IN SPACES as stated in the limitation of the of limitation the in stated as A . But . ND ND C the Siam Area offers Area Siam the ONCEPT qualitative research qualitative ow

rm the from

the Siam the -income -income

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. than the low where clear discrimination of job opportunities exists. where exists. clear discrimination ofjobopportunities for the lower class, but in reverse. The result is income disparity in the Thai social class system empirical study also reveals that reveals also study empirical lunch school education, medicines, construction, co citizens recognized ascorruption part of the daily life and as part of Thaification. The result of completely is Politics differentconcludecorrupt; research studies were that conducted to Thai have the social privilege to obtain jobs with high prosperous job in the district. High a particularly jobs, obtain to people local for chance narrow the demonstrated study empirical communities together with both that agreed study empirical The area frompoliticalimportant perspectives 66% at tobenefits by as links supported and overdisputes ownership the the land solelyfor inhabitants’ local the of eviction the support laws some Consequently, land. the over usage and benefits “ but corruption considered not is it where villages the in so more is This thankfulness. of sign a as but corruption as perceived not is politician certain a for vote to money receiving people planning and public spaces. Compl spaces. public and planning f epe n pae. t s aao aot oncin i te hi tiue bv we th when above attitude Thai the in connections about paradox is It places. and people of classes the connectioncooperation and Yet, they are not silent when others have problems and will help as long as they can. Therefore, of what is perceived as a generous society, which some may also describe as a smoke-screen a as describe also may some which society, generous a as perceived is what of part being and Thaification or character Thai unique a is It situations. certain in sharing as to refe be can and helping as sense same the is cooperation Implicitly, not. or legal are they whether aspects different in support and opportunities social find will connections more have has been in the system of patronage in Thai society for a significant period of time. Those who in rpin fet eeyn bgnig ih ai fclte sc a ra ad building and road as such facilities basic with beginning everyone affects rruption -between by 65%, Politics The criterion above relates, unavoidably, to public life/atmosphere and public places public and life/atmosphere public to unavoidably, relates, above criterion The In

an er ” economic area such as the research site, politicians use legislation to control the control to legislation use politicians site, research the as such area economic and is perceived as a normal reimbursement, hence a win-win corrupt hence a as win-win and perceived situation. reimbursement, is a normal -educated. -educated. Usually, high is also a significant criterion criterion significant a also is which which is business reasons. Furthermore, it can be said that politics is behind thebehind is politics that said becan it Furthermore, reasons. business

about the social criteria. Connection is in social classes is notthe same the ly ex -educated -educated people can reach job opportunities more readily Siam Area creates Area Siam ly manipulation is also rife in elections but the notion of notion the but elections in rife also is manipulation h Sa ra oncs epe n is aiu local various its and people connects Area Siam the -educated -educated people come from wealthy families and they by 65%. by 132 as as er it dominates every aspect of Thai society. society. Thai of aspect every dominates it attitude fromattitude the mindset ofThais. incomes. By comparison it is the same point The research site contains diversityThe site contains research interms . es eatd aslgsain ln ue and use land laws/legislation, enacted , lack of co-operation co-operation of lack a sense sense one of privilege that the Siam Area is an SiamArea isan the betwe e

n social n rred e . .

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. conflicts between conflicts middle and lower class. The Wat (temple) gives a concrete example of unequal access of of access unequal benefits of example concrete a gives (temple) Wat The class. lower and middle like Buddhismdimensions including cultural various into itself integrates politics Thai Interestingly, decisions. political including socialinequality conflict.economic key thateffectsan in isthe dimension in results point and area, urban the In weak. is connection and cooperation that notion the and dimensions social and feeling and humbleness among humbleness and feeling and activities, etc. Obviously, those social interactions, like any, generate different human reactions unevenness between the economic and occupational structures aggravated another another aggravated structures occupational and imbalance…. economic the between unevenness This 1990. until force labor civilian the of percent 47 as much as population for account agricultural to continued the structure, occupational of economic terms in in occurred at looked change When significant structure. a manufacturing, by led one to agriculture on statement the by supported societies

the at only 41% only at all for that study not are benefits Such area. the empiricalthe accordance with in exploit status economic and class social on depend andstakeholders to come investors and people of groups the addition, characterized as f and norms cultural Thai from derived are that conflicts the avoid However, space. in-between the produce to order in criteria the of one is which consideration psychological a express dimensions These consciousness. conflicts naturally this benefits resulting the of access unequal to not trusting anyone and even sadly consider the Wat as capitalists due to eviction threats. Due communitythe in results this businesses their develop to order in not, or legitimatelywhether 49%.

Siam Area creates a Thai cultural conflict when a Mall is built next to a school a to next conflict when isbuilt aMall cultural Thai a creates SiamArea Siam Area creates between conflicts While real-estate developers play lobbying games to acquire publicly owned land, land, owned publicly acquire to games lobbying play developers real-estate While Buddhism The research site research The in the the Siam Area offers adequate public places for people to gather, meet and discuss and meet gather, to people for places public adequate offers Area Siam the the area, askin area, the Siam Area creates a Thai cultural conflict when a Mall is built next to a Temple a to next built is Mall a when conflict cultural Thai a creates Area Siam . The atmosphere of equality in a Thai context is different from the developed the from different is context Thai a in equality of atmosphere The .

(Funatsu, 2003, p. 247) Thaification s n motn ky hc afcs al dcsos n ay dimensions, many in decisions daily affects which key important an is

the

social classes social

is a highly important area from an economic perspective, different perspective, economic an from area important highly a is g in order to decrease the conflicts from for help from shopping malls, donations, parking spaces, specific spaces, parking donations, malls, shopping from help for st by 44%. 44%. by . when the Thai economy began to change from one based one from change to began economy Thai the when the constitutional monarchythe constitutional the population. The data from empirical study showed study empirical from data The population. the The empirical study indicated that the social classes social 133 The data demonstrates the Thai attitude about attitude Thai the demonstrates data The by 44% Thai society has its own forms to forms own its has society Thai a psychological consideration orm part of what is sometimes is what of part orm , social class including thefact view that with the local inhabitants’ local the with the

Siam Area creates - especially the at 45%. 45%. at

In .

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. togetherat spaces. with public people public life recognizing th boundaries.As such the in-between spacein a developed is context produced and managed by on lingering and movement, in possession clarity, spacious uses: spontaneous include which neighboring settings. Moreover, it is the spatial reinforcement strengthening and nearby realms with involved become gradually can people which participation detached which associations at space in-between the identified place each buildings, and form, living effects, environmental of occurrence an As emerge. parts and connections separations, interactions, neighboring of purpose of the research site. The Stephansplazt is an intermediary place that is as vital as layers Vienna p. 1022). economy formal and state of spaces emblematic most the even invade emerge, spaces and practices are intertwined and intersecting……..

is private. private. is Mall is a private space private a is Mall private and public between difference the demonstrated of understanding interestingly lack collection peoples data The study. empirical the by ensured as criteria ago a big is a pc o itretn, noptbe yt las interdependent always yet incompatible, economies intersecting, of space a first being as Bangkok use it as public space. This is supported by research in Bangkok of King and Dovey who found, space. private and public of understanding the Consequently, thein-betweenambiguity. space by isproduced such between ambiguity shows it because finding of point important an is It space. private real nor space public real neither is which space between in the called - produced be can meaning opposite binary the between space of situations some ambiguity such to Due meanings. standard opposite or international from the meaning are space private and public between meaning and understanding the reveals originala templeisa real perspective that space public all peoplefor in Thai society. The data practices arising in the cracks and gaps that such confrontations produce; informal economies the Stephansplazt is based on the characters of interval pauses and a place of refuge and and refuge of place a and pauses interval of characters the on based is Stephansplazt the e government with the aim of being suited to serve a purpose in practicality or functionality or practicality in purpose a serve to suited being of aim the with government The idea of public space space public of idea The In the case of the in-between space in a developed country, such as, Stephanplazt in Stephanplazt as, such country, developed a in space in-between the of case the In The in-between space in Thai context can be produced on private space while people while space private on produced be can context Thai in space in-between The it is a famous plaza surrounded by commercial spaces which has the same economic same the has which spaces commercial by surrounded plaza famous a is — This formal formal versus informal

indicated that indicated

- 77 % is public- is % the Mall is more public than the Temple the than public more is Mall the at , (King & Dovey, 2013, p. 1037). Moreover, the the research site is also affected by the aforementioned the by affected also is site research the whereas 134 37% consider that the temple is public- 63% public- is temple the that consider 37% The informal practices can (King & Dovey, 2013, Dovey, & (King . It is opposite of the of opposite is It . ; 23% consider the consider 23% interstitial

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. urban informality informality urban of questions to relate practices and spaces interstitial of instances prominent most the world, than in Thailand in than its own distinctiveness for example, Stephansplazt in Vienna and the research site in Bangkok. in spaces public real lack They needs. social by constructed increasingly are people below: the at identity own frameworkcriteria space in-between the in resulting whole their a as Thaification and site research exposed data analyzed the study empirical the with accordance in this dissertation or whether one is greater than the other. The in-between space has indeed has space in-between The other. the than greater is one whether or dissertation this in associated phenomenon. spaces inlow between buildings dens cities due to the absence ofthose in-between spaces and fromdifferent is Bangkok in buildings between Spaces rules. micro governanceand micro its urban life with its micro culture, micro social interactions, micro trades, micro businesses, and lanes/ passages/ streets has been formed by micro urban life. In addition to Inaddition life. urban micro by formed been has streets passages/ lanes/ like motorcycles.public lifeandsuch as chatting privateeating, transportation of disorder Thai Thaification/ with accordance in activities of kinds different supports which spac public a as built gradually be can spaces small Therefore, site. research the like area For some identified conditions, urban planning in planning urban conditions, identified some For The in-between at the research site is produced without local government planning but localwithout governmentThe research site isproduced in-between but planning the at However, the distinction between a developed and developing country is not compared The in-between space at the research site in Bangkok where high density of narrow narrow of density high where Bangkok in site research the at space in-between The private spaces Definition Definition of disparities public public and planning Income Income in Urban Urban Hn, 00 p 1022), p. 2010, (Heng, accordance with King & Dovey & King with accordance Figure 57

–

In -between space framework in criteria Thaicontext representatio propositions Religion and Behavioural Thaification Culture Culture and symbolic ns

seily clua ad oiia dmnin In dimension. political and cultural especially, 135

statement that statement a considerations developed city is more systematic more is city developed Psychological Legislation mitigation Conflicts Conflicts in cities of the developing the of cities in it reveals a micro- a reveals

a dense dense e Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. despite conflicts and differences. The Such a kind of public space could support the people and maintain a relationship amongst them, IN IN 4.2 (Laiprakobsup, 2007). in the to Inaddition juxtaposition. between occupy to choices living suggestive articulate they if

an opportunity for understanding the identity and spatial features of public thisalsoincludes opportunities spaces. suchas good education, etc, inturn jobs social the reach cannot community the in inhabitants class lower Subsequently, framework. criteria space in-between the behind are which corruption and inequality of convergence are S

dissimilar social layers which today are linked by linked are today which layers social dissimilar electricity. and food water, as such conditions and cultural patterns of cities. The meanings of what are public spaces have varied varied have spaces public are what of meanings The cities. of patterns cultural and conditions as an urbanlike theresearch public space site. consider It be as should space. it public In terms of social class, associated activities exist, they do not avoid important social gaps among the local population. characterbyBuddhist isaccumulated principle. humble This relationship. their in harmony maintaining for and another one with dealing of way a is This other. each helping and sharing seen often are They submission. or friendliness antagonisms. However, Thai people naturally escape confrontation and instead express respect, puzzled via spaces occupy to people different surveyed led and has which incompatible activities, and by elements/places composed been has site research the at space public urban ITUATIONS FOR THE DIFFERENT TARGETED GROUPS OF THE THE OF GROUPS TARGETED DIFFERENT THE FOR ITUATIONS -between clarity leads them to inhabit interval places, thereby responding to their contexts contexts their to responding thereby places, interval inhabit to them leads clarity -between T

FROM MIDDLE WAY FROMMIDDLE HAI ATTITUDE HAI

The above criteria of the framework are considered in context at the research area. They The potential of the in-between space, especially, in terms of public space can create can space public of terms in especially, space, in-between the of potential The As explained in the empirical chapter, the study of study the chapter, empirical the in explained As Urban public spaces are living organisms that respond to the varying socioeconomic varying the to respond that organisms living are spaces public Urban and elements between interconnections while highlighted, also as Furthermore, ( S ) TOWARDS SEEMINGLY INCOMPATIBLE CHARACTERS OF PLACE OF CHARACTERS INCOMPATIBLE SEEMINGLY TOWARDS

the data shows that B UDDHISM TO THE IN TO THE UDDHISM in h dt idctd as ht rae dsaiis and disparities, created that gaps indicated data The ed -between space can allow different events to take place the potential for serving the people in in people for the serving thepotential only 20% consider it provides access to basic needs 136 - BETWEEN SPACE FOR KEEPING RELATIONSHIP KEEPING FOR SPACE BETWEEN in -between space -between IN the in-between space in-between the - BETWEEN SPACE PLAY A ROLE ROLE A PLAY SPACE BETWEEN where various people use people various where a place and social aspects. an S

in terms of terms in urban area area urban

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. questions, questions, two between comparison a make to interesting is It be. not may they when even space public if as malls the of front in pedestrians the use can they think people public, 48% and private % 52 between different much not is malls the of front in pedestrians the on realms private in Thai society, it is open for everyone space public real a is temple a Originally, School. the to Mall the than public less are Temple public are School the and Mall the between both in terms of of terms in both fundamentally economic taintedby benefits.

Mall Mall where pedestrians are walking is private characters of places.charactersof incompatible the on activities about attitude their expressed people Therefore, people. Thai of character humble the of accumulation the is this consequently, ego; without live to people teaches that principle Buddhist the by formed been has that character this less or more is It there anymore. is Wat the that recognize not do people if spiritualism and capitalism between principle the of attitude on public spaces in Thai society. The Buddhist temple is difficult to keep in the middle discovered that the main attribute of interactions between elements elements between interactions of attribute main the that discovered for instant. reasons; many for site research the visit They area. f raim (n h peet research present the (in organisms of community a of interaction the by formed elements, interconnected of group a or system a is 21 wide policies released and applied by state offices. According to nation the dictionary, an ecosystem from disconnected often uses; unintended or/and rules permanent unsaid/unofficial discovered researcher the view, of merely depends on the interpretations among surveyed participants. From a data analysis point success of factor key a is space in-between the Stating context. social and culture time, with www.dictionnary.com The research reveals that different and diverse groups of people come to use this area this use to come people of groups diverse and different that reveals research The A peaceful atmosphere is important for keeping its own relationships in Thai society. Thai in relationships own its keeping for important is atmosphere peaceful A The empirical study revealed physiological considerations and considerations physiological revealed study empirical The t he walkways between the Mall and the Temple are public gender, age, occupation, occupation, age, gender, The Siam Area reflect Area Siam to come and use. The empirical study shows the present – in people) with their environment. The researcher researcher The environment. their with people) and bten spaces -between by 67% by 137 s by 52% the Thai culture Thai the education shopping, tourism, religion, and working and religion, tourism, shopping, . The walkways between the Mall to the to Mall the between walkways The . . The data showed , because it is a significantly unique significantly a is it because , rdc a eoytm with ecosystem an produce by 24%, by by 59% the at a h rsac st is site research the degree of public and and area in front of the of front in area and The t he walkways Siam Area Area Siam

21 a - ,

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. The data conflict data The The the as long as, they can access and be a part of this area this of part a be and access can they as, long as 4.3 research site. space is a kind of mediator to keep and compromise the living relationship of differences at the the people in the community want it kept for living and working. For this reason, the in-between site are business benefits. The malls want the public land for new investment projects, whereas, conflict even it key is an unequal atmosphere. Unfortunately, the the places changes

a groups targeted different of coexistence successful a of solution a is space in-between the Therefore, area. the in people of groups all for space public a build to space empty an find to difficult economic area in Bangkok which accommodates high-end shopping malls malls shopping high-end accommodates which Bangkok in area economic Bangkok. Consequently, it is it Consequently, Bangkok. by 66% demonstrated; study consideration and redefine associated urban plans in SITE RESEARCH THE AT GROUPS TARGETED IN THE OF CONCEPT THE access to basic people’s needs (water, food, electricity) only 46 % 46 only electricity) food, (water, needs people’s basic to access this finding. Even though it is an indirect concern, it is interesting data, for people to gather, meet and discuss by 41% ofitn amshr. s s el nw, h rsac st i te oeot significan foremost the is site research the known, well is As atmosphere. conflicting Siam Area creates a Thai cultural conflict when a Mall is built next to a school a to next built is Mall a when conflict cultural Thai a creates Area Siam

Siam Area creates a Thai cultural conflict when a Mall is built next to a Temple a to next built is Mall a when conflict cultural Thai a creates Area Siam S HARING URBAN PUBLIC SPACE THROUGH THE THE THROUGH SPACE PUBLIC HARINGURBAN at . The opposite side, however, showed that Characteristically, Thai people are open Inequalities of urban affectdevelopment the role of public and private space and create t s el nw ta te eerh ie s ky ra f h eooi mvmn in movement economic the of area key a is site research the that known well is It Meticulously analyzing the data, the research site gives abundant clues to take into take to clues abundant gives site research the data, the analyzing Meticulously the Thai Thai the the research site. theresearch site. at the research site found in this research.in this theresearch site found is culture by 66% below 50% and it is assumed that people are not aggrieved by cultural by aggrieved not are people that assumed is it and 50% below The Siam Area is well designed (with access to buildings and walkways) walkways) and buildings to access (with designed well is Area Siam The - BETWEEN SPACE CREATE A SUCCESSFUL COEXISTENCE OF DI OF COEXISTENCE SUCCESSFUL A CREATE SPACE BETWEEN a dense area and mostly dominated by benefit terms. It is now is It terms. benefit by dominated mostly and area dense . They are not negative with the incompatibleThey charactersarewith of the not negative.

138 . . Inequality on public space can be observed by to The Siam Area offers adequate public places accept the incompatible characters of places IN a Thai Thai context as - BETWEEN SPACE BETWEEN supported by the empirical study that study empirical the by supported to with an efficient ecosystem. developing , the area has the highest highest the has area the , The Siam Area provides

as the empirical the at the research

FFERENT FFERENT

by 49%. by

45%. 45%. t

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. programs, urban plans with the ecosystem out: the ecosystemprograms,with out: urban plans with incomewith disparities. class, social the from far but together includes it behavioraltherefore propositions considerations psychological terms of in community the to close is It public. the to open considered development area in Thailand but basic utility is lower than 50%. It is not surprising a luxury mall and shop more often than other people in the community even even community the in people other than often more shop and mall luxury a that wealthy people not only can reach the basic utility level but they can also comfortably visit Thereby taking advantage of existing plan. urban associated the following if management effective to lead would understanding 54% by allowed be to ought vehicles motorized no area the in sharing and management of sense place belonging tothem. a promoting never and places their within benefits sharing into drawn never community the by built been has inequality social the that said be can It manor. cohesive a in together living bring to way concrete a is space public of sharing The difference. of coexistence achieving site particularly considering fact this an topromote when order equal in atmosphereinstead of - The above data reveals reveals data above The - More than half of the people think and signal their opinion about equality of living in living of equality about opinion their signal and think people the of half than More

managementis directlywith understandingof concerned management: Society

have more opportunities in economic sharing on on sharing economic in opportunities more have should inhabitants Local society. Thai in and site research the at role management taking advantage of coexisting feature of places, etc. Economic atmosphere is a key management: architecture and space public Urban spaces,equalat onpublic spaces atmospheres least, or build

an important way toreduce theconflict

oil management: Social encourage equal atmosphere equal encourage an atmosphere of inequality around the area and the research the and area the around inequality of atmosphere eair, ofit eito ad iiain ec To etc. mitigation, and mediation conflict behaviors, dniis dvriy atiue, n clue, t. This etc. cultures, and attributes, diversity, identities, in -between space and drawing the associated architecture at public spaces public 139 ; the Siam Area should be for pedestrians only only pedestrians for be should Area Siam the

from in inequality , for example. Planning with meaningful meaningful with Planning example. for , - the - the in-between spaces in-between the in -between space -between purpose an opportunity for opportunity an purpose Thaification. a .

Thai context. Thai - in the city is city the in - if

the mall is is mall the as public public as to

assume –

in space public as everyone by used be can which space in-between the called elements or the between places in juxtaposition bythe between experiential resources making. sequential places of injuxtaposition environment to establish relationships amongst inhabitants/stakeholders who are concerned by between buildings to promote sharing public activities. The in-between space is a kind of built and space one cannot be from only formal perspective, such as laws or regulation This dimensions. overall in context Thai with accordance in interpretation and management 4.4 perspective,for example. in architect, the researcher aims to suggest a design framework demonstrating for a dedicated BASIS SUSTAINABLE EXPERIMENT AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL CONTEXT -between space is proposed as the reconciling among differen among reconciling the as proposed is space -between -between space

DESIGN Even though the research site is highly dense there are potential spaces between places Respectively, urban planning, public spaces, activities and architecture need

From the management criteria analyzed and above in part of the professional role as an Figure

FRAMEWORK OF THE IN OF FRAMEWORK THE 58 an

– as a public space. The design framework tackles Thai complexities associated other. The in-between space can be used for containing different usages usages different containing for used be can space in-between The other. An analytical diagramthe ofplans associated urbanecosy the with

Management Society - BETWEEN SPACE AS A PUBLIC SPACE IN IN SPACE A PUBLIC AS SPACE BETWEEN / STRATEGY SHOULD BE APPLIED TO ACHIEVE THIS THIS ACHIEVE TO APPLIED BE SHOULD STRATEGY Urban public space and architectureand 140 management management

Management Social Social ce : the inside and the outside, the and inside the : s, but also from an informal stem froma stem T HAI HAI

Thai context context Thai a

vision vision of

. The . the

with not only applied to achieve to applied only not is it of which sustainability, vision the advance of advantage strategies totake experiments/ in whenConflict zone there isaconflict. a to be precise about its nature or effects (Kärrholm, 2012). space’ or ‘interstitial space’ c a part in is This Thaification. and requirements Thai requirements, and perspectives people from signaled and study empirical the from obtained data the from and/or modifications any to (creative) related transformations. constraints anticipate to check capacity a with starts public space could be designed in accordance with t with accordance in designed be could space public surroundin and site research the utilize who people public spaces by 24% by spaces public in global and local and global discourse of internationality and inadequate available space to be used used be to space available inadequate and internationality of discourse the research deep analysis data site arises. with the “distinct and definite shape of a room designed and considered the in-between spaces manifest positive, potential uses and transition that opinion an with accordance in people/inhabitants/stakeholders inviting activities many promote to is strategy experiment/ and intervention social conceptual the of aim The framework. design the elaborate to suggested is strategy experiment/ and intervention social conceptual a Analytically, (2). Appendix framework, design the into management planning areas research site. likethe Subsequently the meaning of the in-between space is a solution for public spaces in dense urban quality quality of life in dense urban areas. The design framework is considered to be appropria a Thai Thai context. In addition the data also indicates that in the Thai context; an analogy could be made with DMZs (demilitarized zone) / Non- / zone) (demilitarized DMZs with made be could analogy an context; Thai the h am f h dsg faeok rpss ocpul oil nevnin and interventions social conceptual proposes framework design the of aim The An effective design framework is always an original response to a question or problem An architect’s point of view gives a suggestion for applying the associated urban urban associated the applying for suggestion a gives view of point architect’s An the Siam Area has good public spaces hasgoodpublic the SiamArea by 36% cultur . es by 32%. by es Obviously, the data indicated that public space is is space public that indicated data the Obviously, the in-between space in-between the has given been manytoo broad meanings, making it impossible is This is a significant gap at the research site which suggests which site research the at gap significant a is This 141

(Christopher Alexander, 1997, p. 518) following but to support people enabling them to have have to them enabling people support to but he he g neighborhood. This illustrates that that illustrates This neighborhood. g

onceptual problem, since ‘in since problem, onceptual The

The elaboration of design framework in -between space criteria framework criteria-betweenframework space Siam Area offers , and the Siam Area hasadequate theSiam

activities insufficient for for insufficient by the public. public. the -between -between

in both te for well- Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. designed and considered the in-between spaces manifest positive, potential uses and transition that opinion an with accordance in people/inhabitants/stakeholders inviting activities many promote to is strategy experiment/ and intervention social conceptual the of aim The framework. design the elaborate to suggested is strategy experiment/ and intervention social conceptual a Analytically, (2). Appendix framework, design the into management planning

design the into framework of keythe in-between onthe space based information: applying consider and suggest to study theoretical and empirical the from

An architect’s point of view gives a suggestion for applying the associated urban urban associated the applying for suggestion a gives view of point architect’s An 2. There are three social interventions and experiments/ strategies elaborately analyzed analyzed elaborately strategies experiments/ and interventions social three are There 1. 3.

Figure gather, meet and discuss - 41% gather, meet anddiscuss flexible & (temporary benefits): strategy and activities experiment/ and intervention social Program Mall andtheTemple-Siam Area public have park 64% should between the a oiin oil nevnin n eprmn/ taey NnCnlc Zone) (Non-Conflict strategy experiment/ and intervention social Position The Siam Area should have a public park between the Mall and the Temple - 64% theMall andtheTemple The SiamArea have should apublic park between economy in Thai context): Landscape social intervention and experiment/ strategy (based upon the sufficiency 59

– The social intervention and experiment/ strategy diagram Theof the social experiment/and strategy intervention Activities and Benefits)Activities and (Temporary & Flexible Program Strategy Strategy

The Siam Area offers adequate public places for people to people for places public adequate offers Area Siam The

Siam Area offers cultural activities (Non-Conflict Zone)

context Strategy Strategy Position Position 142

Strategy Landscape in-between space in Thaiin-between - 32%, 32%, Relevant

with : . well- The . . : Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

the research deep analysis data site arises. with the “distinct and definite shape of a room se o e acs t te School the to access get to that study empirical the by found 64% integrated into Thai public spaces where there is is there where spaces public Thai into integrated the on elements fully is strategy experiment/ and intervention social incompatible position the of concept The site. research caused have movements social and economic and The perspective access. social background, cultural with concern appropriateness, context that in ofit oe Ti rsac am t dmntae h psto sca itreto and people’s intervention social reflected that study position empirical the by supported the As site. research demonstrate the at strategy experiment/ to aims research This zone. Conflict and walkways) 66% by with the in-between criteria framework. It should not be accordance in area this in needs basic sharing for space public real a becoming reconnected lecting ‘the best’ position of public . Unfortunately, access to public places such as the Wat and the school are not adequate as Figure 4.4.1 The aim of the position social intervention and experiment/ strategy concept is to take to is concept strategy experiment/ and intervention social position the of aim The perspectives, 60

P – The position social intervention and experiment/ strategy demonst The position experiment/and socialstrategy intervention OSITION SOCIAL INTERVENTION AND EXPERIMENT AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL OSITION the area should have a public park between the Mall and the Temple the and Mall the betweenpark public a have should area the for private spaces only. privatefor spaces only.

y 31%. by it is easy to get access to the Temple by 34% by Temple the to access get to easy is it

space which is missing. These two words ‘the best’ mean hy r al eo 5 % therefore %, 50 below all are They 143

(Christopher Alexander, 1997, p. 518) following a eim f h Bdhs wy r Non- or way Buddhist the of medium well well designed (with access to buildings / STRATEGY ration at the research site rationsite research the at

they should be be should they , and , it is easy is it

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. of a traditional Thai community. spiritual worlds where andpeople can learn about the way of harmony secular with the social organization between in is it because mediator significant a is Wat the Finally, dimensions. spaceswith the incoherence publi urban share to position best the offers Prathumwanaram Wat Logically, philosophy. andbelong public. government tothe space public a is Wat the that view the given particularly temple, to close are who people for environment provides parking spaces for Itcurrentrent. ais significant benefit but it is narrow benefit The people. of groups all for managed be to considered not is space potential such Unfortunately, structures. consumerist surrounding the to opposition total in is which relax, and rest pray, to order in people attract to potential the has it pond, lotus old an and temples critical domination businessless with place a also is Wat the viewpoint, finance a From events. public traditional are they calendar, Buddhist the on based celebrations annual for Wat place a as used the is Wat the of part Historically, malls. shopping land Pathumwanaram’s the like spaces public fascinating other as a kind of public space for centuries although its role seems to continually decline because of in the present research, Thailand is a Buddhist society and a Wat or monastery has been known

Thai people and also the research site. It has to be considered stil is Wat the However, ambiguous. is role its if even culture’ ‘Thai in in accordance with the data analysis. The Wat is depicted and accepted as a kind of public place As Furthermore, a Wat is a valuable digest of Thai architecture, traditions, history and history traditions, architecture, Thai of digest valuable a is Wat a Furthermore, At the research site, the ideal position should be part of the Wat on the Layman domain, the Wat has a green environment with plants and trees, a peaceful atmosphere, old atmosphere, peaceful a trees, and plants with environment green a has Wat the .

was used for a different purpose, a study place for monks. Currently, monks. for place study a purpose, different a for used was in - between space” 144 ecosystem and abstract through bothphysical in a median position. As explained l a valuable space for for space valuable a l

c Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

which the design framework. The program demonstrate program The framework. design the local people. neighborhood and visitors (food) the Indeed, street support like vendors attractiveactivities fundamental. keylife arethe (2).Appendix of concept the with integrate fully to is strategy experiment/ and intervention social program The time. intervention and experiment/ strategy is flexible depending on details/factors of each space and can connect people and share some benefits benefits some share and people connect can 4.4.2 The aim of the program social intervention and experiment/ strategy is also a part of part a also is strategy experiment/ and intervention social program the of aim The Accordingpublic ofThai space, and activities cultural the tothe concept social way of Thaification A

P ctivities ctivities have to be attractive, cheap, useful, and correctly guided by considering ROGRAM SOCIAL INTERVENTION AND EXPERIMENT AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL ROGRAM Figure - the new concept is proposed as an experimental image detailed in in detailed image experimental an as proposed is concept new the - at Figure theresearch This site. programmore provide will workplaces for 61

–

62 Green

– The pondold Wat frontlotus of in the age and peacefulageand atmospherein Watthe 145

s the potential use of the in-between space space in-between the of use potential the at the research site. However, this social this However, site. research the / STRATEGY

/ DISTRIBUTION

where place the to access activitiesare capacity availableand i.e. constraints. access the ensuring as such factors inherent considering by approach the among satisfaction and coexistence of level population. certain a sustain to and interest social of lack avert to solution non-coercive a as considered be to have and interactions social glue to necessary are Activities slums). (inhabitants, communities different the of aspects cultural and conceptual analysis to fully open integrated social /public activities for people between the Mall and the Temple to the School and the Temple, adequate public infrastructures for pedestrians for infrastructures public adequate Temple, the and School the to criterion for public in space accordance with the empirical studyand consist of: in quality oflife.Programs and unity promoting for strategy experiment/ and intervention social program new the of part above, accessthe activities has to tobe solved inadvance to orvisitors be toallowinhabitants

-between space, complying with Thaification. It should respond to the needs of a basic basic a of needs the to respond should It Thaification. with complying space, -between 1. 2.

The program social intervention and experiment/ strategy Giving details of the program social intervention and experiment/ strategy has a holistic Community parking Community parking research area area research traffic the that shows studyempirical the that given factorfundamental a be must which Wat as particularly conserved be should the of part a as managed be canprogram This that levels. crisis hit already has congestion Wat the of activity existing an Car parking spaces are spaces parking Car convergent on activities based on the cultural background that they can sustain both sustain is can they program that background This cultural the on space. based -betweenactivities on convergent in the if even spaces public share and access to visitors to buy food at a convenient place with easy management and cleaning etc. etc. Moreover,i cleaning and management easy with place convenient a at food for buy place to a visitors and eviction of fear without goods their sell to vendors street allowing the economyDiscrimination in Itone inThai is key society. point a is dedicated place -Urban community trading space inhabitants in the community behind the Wat. thecommunityinhabitants in behind the Wat. t reduces discrimination when various stakeholders have more opportunity more stakeholdershavevariouswhen discrimination reduces a a o o tafc congestion traffic of lot a has

are following: for proposed the – a

key space benefit permanent activity that generates an income for the Wat. Itis Wat. the forincome an generates that permanentactivity and

offer

activities temporary &temporary activity - benefit flexible 146

as the in both global and local . The program is also a workplace for for workplace a also is program The .

permanent activity

is from data, theoretical input

cultur , easy to access a public park public a

to e .

share the As stated

3. 5. 4.

substituting value exchang philosophy about en eie by derived been needs to buy expensive food when they can grow their own. Originally, the concept has of IX King the H.M. by Thailand, giving the opportunity to inhabitants the of slums to be self-efficient: no-one proposed as economy sufficient the with complies also concept This district. Siam in activities relevant and space meeting of style different a as and such program, this in place take can uses unintended addition, In area. large a not experience gain to inhabitants allow is it if even trees fruit and vegetables growing to rights: gardening having by knowledge aims program this of concept The Urban community gardens eprr ad flexible and temporary the Thaiinhabitants/sellers in and visitors/customers way ofconsumption. Even, is it keep it just money, of amounts significant spend to need not do people and self-sufficiency slogan: the with accordance in medicines based on ancestral knowledge from herbalists. This valuable knowledge was - center a as space dedicated a is It activities/Thaification center health ancestral community Urban Knowledge acquired outside school is also important for promoting promoting for important also is school outside acquired Knowledge Urban community academy wisdom before they are abandoned or lost forever. beforewisdom areabandoned orlostforever. they and foreigners who are visiting Thailand. This program is to promote and conserve Thai visitors, inhabitants, of generations all to traditions Thai remind/explain to helpful be might academy community urban An students. to especially history, teach to Wat the information in provides space the because library a nor school a neither is program this Therefore, aiiis sc a, ulc rnprain ras electrici roads, transportation, public as, such facilities, and conservative local wisdom. Thailand do Thailand wisdom. local conservative and etr bcue hy r nt ai nes Ms pbi ivsmn focus investment public Most needs. basic not are they because centers in mind and do it. and mind doit. a flexible flexible activity related to the locality/country and information used by

home-grown home-grown vegetables hi eeal garden- vegetable Thai

ciiy ih pc dpnig n upy n dmn. t is It demand. and supply on depending space with activity e.

– –

unintended use/Thaification

back kitchen vegetable garden and edible fence. edible and garden vegetable kitchen back temporary & activity/Thaification temporary Flexible but not a permanent spacepermanent a not but 147 so we are able to provide our food anywhere Thaification es not have many museums and learning and museums many have not –

eprr & lxbe n benefit and Flexible & temporary I i a at f h King the of part a is It .

ty - to promote alternative promote to - and waste treatment. treatment. waste and a learning society society learning es

on basic basic on

It is It ’ a s s Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. oeec bten h psto ad h porm oil nevnin ad experiments/ and interventions social program strategi the and position the between coherence ensure to is strategy experiment/ and intervention social landscape the of aim The Thailand. of IX Rama King the H.M. of economy sufficiency the of philosophy the and background, activities in an urban context because Thai people know that the sufficiency economy is the sustainable the is economy sufficiencythe that know people Thaibecause context urbanan in gather, meet anddiscuss. and role. In accordance with the data people in the research area require public space life public their in unawareness to leads it because point important is It versa. vice and space private as space public think people that indicated data The space. public of ambiguity the achievegoal the ofthe space in-between becoming an public space urban all due people for to to order in program design proposed the of demonstration a show to is strategy experiment/ and intervention social this of goal over-arching The strategy. experiment/ and intervention

es 4.4.3 This social intervention and experiment/ strategy was based on Thai culture, culture, Thai on based was strategy experiment/ and intervention social This aa nlss f h rsac st sbtnits h ptnil f h porm social programs the of potential the substantiates site research the of analysis Data is anotherunderstanding space. way aboutpromote public to life where people can meet and organize different promotional activities encouraging space welcoming a as act to area front the in space dedicated a be to perceived is This Urban community Hub economic and spiritual value. economic and spiritual value. of terms in visitors and inhabitants both support to designed is strategy experiment/ and intervention social This gardens. community urban of concept the with integrated where workshops can be conducted. The herbs gardening service is a dedicated process known reputation in alternative medicine. The herbalist awareness is a dedicated space well- a has Thailand healing. for medicine traditional of identity the by contained is a in knowledge of it because center market new the to Wat a the from moved knowledge be such Later community. to used they as Wat the in contained traditionally n oh lbl n local and global both in . This social intervention and experiment/ strategy aims to apply a concept into reality . The hub is a multipurpose space according to sharing perspectives. This program This perspectives. sharing to according space multipurpose a is hub The .

L ANDSCAPE SOCIAL INTERVENTION AND EXPERIMENT AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL ANDSCAPE

–

temporary &temporary andunintended activity use flexible cultur ad fes dqae ulc lcs o pol to people for places public adequate offers and e 148 / STRATEGY

that

public offers

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. that the areanot assafe as is perceived safetybecause f utpe lentv eoois rccig breig gf ecag, ehd of methods exchange, (Crawford, 2012). usefulness, andpure play gift bartering, recycling, generosity, on experiences andredistributing goods, remaking based and information-sharing, economies: alternative multiple of appearance the seen have We commodity. a as status its question and context market its from land remove temporarily can value exchange for value use substituting uses, unintended for spatial actions also can economic reconfigure Hijacking borrowing spaces or processes. urban social program and position the with interventions t and strategiesand experiments/ applies integrates strategy experiment/ and intervention so encouragement more need they However, live. they where matter no achievable is it and way contributes from inside not from outside from not inside from contributes area safe truly The area. urban an in people for competition and economictension decrease to way a is it philosophy sufficiency the with integrated is strategy experiment/ and intervention the landscape social intervention and experiment/ strategy is in accordance with the idea that that idea the with accordance in is strategy experiment/ and intervention social landscape the benefit that it is not about business. It is about of spirit locality. As a reminder, the intention of social landscape of concept intervention and experiment/ strategy is using The landscapes. associated of image the changes and spaces ucs wt rsosblt fr iy agr Tee r imne aitos n h dge of degree andsafety foundcivilization amongsuch groupsandamongthecity where they areas live. the in variations immense are There danger. city for responsibility with outcast the or poor, the or groups, minority tag to illuminating it is nor also the and themselves, people among standards and controls voluntary of network unconscious, almost intricate, an that it is possible to succeed even in dense urban areas. The concept of the landscape social concept tosucceed the areas. landscape Thesocial ispossible dense thatit in even of urban Moreover, the landscape social intervention and experiment/ strategy aims to promote to aims strategy experiment/ and intervention social landscape the Moreover,

ned cetn cmuiy adn t go lcl eb ad eeals redesigns vegetables and herbs local grow to gardens community creating Indeed, the empirical study empirical indicated that the Siam Area is a safe area by 40%, 40%, by areasafe a is Area Siam the that indicated

due as Jacob (1989) commented. (1989) Jacob to 149 the economic conditions. the the in-between space o ‘ the in-between space to share both ideal and real “

If the landscape social It is kept primarily by by primarily kept is It .’

noting noting ”

kind of design public space at the research proposed site in Bangkok accordance with the Thaification of intention the is in place take can that activities various assemble to framework It security. human and peace to contribute thus andparticipate accessassets. cultural incultural life freely to individuals of ability the promotes culture-driven and diversity and acknowledge which developments society a in cultures produce activities that known well is It synthesis. space between Defining users. in response strong a encourages and phenomena events, activities, of range a for available is that space public sharing a create to concept proposed a provide it allow edges Suitable activities. spontaneous and stationary, resting, for opportunities provide suggests who (1987) Gehl Jan with social and cultural background. In the case of case the In background. cultural and social buildings - the in-between space - are - space in-between the - buildings However, buildings.” between neighborhoods buildings, settings: all in applied be can which functions lingering with scales someone to belonging units small in zones transitional to be private and part of the street or public and and public or street the of part and private be to

People will significantly contribute to the building of a ‘living together’ culture and culture together’ ‘living a of building the to contribute significantly will People to guideline a are strategies experiments/ and interventions social three the Critically, Figure as public is not figment because it is based on data collection, analysis and analysis collection, data on based is it because figment not is public as 63 - An analytical frameworkdesigndiagram of the of the in-between eldsge setr fr uprig ie n ie between life in life supporting for shelters well-designed life between buildings between life a different translation; they depend on factors in each in factors on depend they translation; different -Non-Conflict zone-Non-Conflict 150 life

in for for the in-between space in in space in-between the events. The establishment of edges as edges of establishment The events. and cities in order to support “life support to order in cities and that are well-designed shelters can can shelters well-designed are that the in-between space in-between the space in Thai context space context in Thai a Thai context context Thai in accordance as a new new a as

h in- the

Bangkok’ ‘Reading in mentioned is not the same from Western concepts in many aspects. The following expressions King (2011) Bangkok. notold famna o ifra sae like spaces informal or fragmental uncontrolled, Thailand and the shopping malls, whilst open for the public, some group some public, the for open whilst malls, shopping the and Thailand includes This 4). p. 2010, (Hou, domain public official the from away alleyways, and street back the in occur to tends life urban vibrant more and everyday The state. the by controlled andthat are representing many spacesAsian spaces cities, public synonymous with been have In Thailand. in than management urban in efficient more are countries developed Notably, theyfor in-between spaceand instead. economicreasonsturn tousethe Thaification share to people invite would it where space public of between space contains it as site research the understands framework the Intentionally, interactions. social accelerate to denominator common the as performance space public urban of kind new a provide and build can framework design and criteria space in-between the Both inhabitants. the of conflict and differences social minimize to space public urban an in - study empirical the and collection data the on based - program mixed a with management urban of example access urban relations andstructure with the empirical inaccordance social study. the forpedestrians, infrastructure Siam Area hasgoodpublic the Siam Area offers public adequate places for people gather to meet and discuss, 44% of the want public space where support also but malls shopping the want only not do people that assumed be can which %, 50 below space with the frameworks and suggestions that apply in applythat in suggestions frameworks and the with researchto beuse area asalarge possible isnot where a site public space. the as such areadense a in solution effective an is space in-between the Therefore, strategies. Siam Area mixed social classes social mixed Area Siam must reflect spatial conditions of places of adjacent spaces and transitional functionality. to The design framework In conclusion, the findings in terms of urban structure the data indicated that indicated data the structure urban of terms in findings the conclusion, In The in-between space criteria framework criteria spacein-between The basic needs

t s a lat o h Wsen y, ct o chaos. of city a eye, Western the to least at is, It . The in-between space is succeeded when of old/new, global/local, spirit/capital and benefit/sharing. It justifies a new kind (water, food, electricity can ed be applied to achieve the in-between because it is a positive were; and appropriate . The data reflects basic public needs because they are all all are they because needs public basic reflects data The there are difficulties in understanding in difficulties are there 151 ). Whereas, social relation is indicated by and h i-ewe space in-between the th to ree social interventions and experiments and interventionsree social their social cultural needs the design framework of the in- between in- the of framework design the it lives and benefits benefits and lives is profoundly considered based on the and 46% nlne znn produces zoning Unplanned

of the Siam Area provides Area provides theSiam of

at s in accordance with accordance in h rsac site. research the cannot participate cannot in — accordance reading

41% of 41% 43% of the in- the — /

certainlyfor Thailand. futurea starting point development in is and understanding noticeably people makes It to. adhered are which guidelines of set clear a have should fundamentally and crucial is understanding deep with space and area urban an with the in-between space in a different context and different background. However, managing compared distinctiveness own its indeed has space in-between the Therefore, intersections. ove or place, of edges layers, interval forms: different conveys space in-between The

152

rlapping rlapping Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. 5.1 The site. research questions: research theresearchfollowing inaccordance suggests the conclusion with the at places the to paramount are relationships the of situation the and structure and characteristics of achieve the concept of the in-between space it is necessary to determine the fundamental To site. research the as such city dense a in together living promote to order in spaces public places, which include applying the sustainable social intervention and experiment/ strategy for of characters incompatible of coexistence successful be can space in-between the the of concept for solution a finding the Moreover, between places. incompatible occur at which attitudes Thai those and with population together site research the at overlapping are which activities and spaces determine to criteria the identifies It space. in-between the producing

space micro a to addition In streets. passages/ lanes/ narrow of density high where life urban micro the have spontaneous are that potential to connect the context results from pauses concrete and living forms the of the in-between space. Interval appreciate to juxtaposition. and in places presence between intervals environmental at stay and pause to people induces also space in-between The significance. its remember to people enable onlynot does context Thai resources social to access inequalityof Particularly background. place 7) on based approach representations symbolic and Religion 6) Psychological considerations 8) Legislation 9) Conflict mitigation Thaification and Cultures 5) proposition Definition of public and private spaces 2) Urban planning 3) Income disparities 4) Behavioral

is SUMMARY 5.1.1 of causes the comprehend to made is attempt an research this of aim main the From RESEARCH SITE RESEARCH The in-between space at the research site is produced by the criteria framework framework criteria the by produced is site research the at space in-between The Remarkably, the concept of in-between space in Bangkok can be understood through understood be can Bangkok in space in-between of concept the Remarkably, often run between high-rise buildings reveals reveals buildings high-rise between run often THE CAUSES THAT HAVE LED TO PRODUCING PRODUCING TO LED HAVE THAT CAUSES THE CHAPTER OFSTUDY THE

Thaification

V R –

ECOMMENDATIONS C ONCLUSION . Analyzing theconditions the of in-between space 153 ,

micro-urban life micro-urban D ISCUSSION “ IN

- BETWEEN in a complex but organized ,

” A with its micro culture,micro its with SPACES IN THE THE IN SPACES ND

urban in a a in 1) 1) Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

and spaces in-between those of absence associated phenomenon. the to due space in-between livingthe understand identifiableand perceive to cities dense low in live who people for difficult is It rules. micro and governance micro its and businesses, micro trades, micro interactions, social micro not being fully being not all for from authorities Bangkok area the damned important have public fundamentally the Consequently, a Bangkok. in dimensions such is it as area this in promoted is equality if conflict when a Mall is built next to a Temple when a Mall is built next to a school showed study empirical the from data of Some sustainability. and survival their for area this of sort some access and join can they as long as atmosphere unequal an have they if even spaces of nature incompatible the with feel negativity not does public The modernity. or tradition worlds, straddling globalization; embrace are weaknesses the comparison By smiles”. of “Land Thailand, of Authority Tourism the by promoted slogans become identities cultural of coin The Thais. influences social classes amongst difference. Potentially, the research site represents one historical place in Bangkok even in place historical together one represents living site research for the Potentially, attitude difference. amongst Thai the is This other. each from society dependent a is in order to maintain personal and public relationships of living together in a Thai society, which others and for maintaining harmony in This their relationship. peaceful atmosphere is required or friendliness respect, with dealing wayaof is This other. each helping and sharingseen They areoften submission. express instead and confrontation escape naturally attitudes Thai spaces in incompatible places as shown in the in-between space criteria framework. Normally, elaborate adequate urban planning blasphemy. insidious as hiad n is unique its and Thailand PLACES OF CHARACTERS SPACE PLAY A ROLE IN IN ROLE A PLAY SPACE 5.1.2 The researcher found from the research data that local people can manage their small their manage can people local that data research the from found researcher The THE THE by 44% Thaification Thaification S ITUATIONS FOR THE DIFFERENT TARGETED GROUPS OF THE THE OF GROUPS TARGETED DIFFERENT THE FOR ITUATIONS including the fact view that compliant and ultimately consider their inactions and inability to inability and inactions their consider ultimately and compliant T Thaification HAI ATTITUDE HAI

Thaification at 45%. , like any coin, has two sides. The strengths are the the are strengths The sides. two has coin, anylike , ( In addition, 154 the capacity of a population to resist and not to not and resist to population a of capacity the 49%, S a lse o vle, ais bles strongly beliefs, habits, values, of cluster a , ) TOWARDS SEEMINGLY INCOMPATIBLE INCOMPATIBLE SEEMINGLY TOWARDS the the for Itexample. is significant for the public Siam Area creates conflicts between conflicts creates Area Siam Siam Area creates a Thai cultural conflict the Siam Area creates a Thai cultural IN - BETWEEN BETWEEN

the

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. with compromising different elements. incompatible and humble is which character/Thaification in criteria cultural social with and needs accordance their to respond to order in spaces utilize to and adjust adapt, of terms in spaces, public Therefore, management. informal is there old if even space, in-between the the throughout improvement and and temple Royal change adjustment, over, trace by observed is Class This survive. to area urban small a in manage Third the is to how know they because valuable is where community the of knowledge Local community/slum. Pathumwanaram Wat the to close is which non-place a as considered is which identity an not are culture global and malls shopping The spaces. public modern and life modern imported by dominated been has that comprising of comprising concept is to create The a successful coexistence. coexistence of harmonic difference at for the research site space with an of e layers social adaptive to connected be to need that elements incompatible between relationships systemic develop to order in situation critical a theresearch within site. in is a paradox of a successful and unsuccessful coexistence at the same Intime. this situation the It site. research the at luxury/indulgence and local/global, old/new, /Buddhism, consumerism is coexistence of paradox a context, this In difference. amongst dimensions various in gaps analyzed beis theintentionto without and suggested overly optimistic. research The Bangkok. in site research the at groups different of coexistence successful criterion is considered up-front with urban planning social interventions and experiments/ experiments/ strategies and interventions social planning urban with up-front considered is criterion Thaification. Thaification. 2) Urban Public Space and Architectural Management -between space is an important coexistence which creates activities that differ from those those from differ that activities creates which coexistence important an is space -between 5.1.3 Taking advantage of existing spaces at the research site, the place in-between becomes significant creates which coexistence produces site research the at zoning Unplanned The research denoted that harmony and co-existence is possible provided a relevant a provided possible is co-existence and harmony that denoted research The SITE RESEARCH THE AT GROUPS TARGETED DIFFERENT OF

based on the in-between criteria framework. This criterion should be applied for a for applied be should criterion This framework. criteria in-between the on based THE CONCEPT OF THE THE OF CONCEPT THE 1)

Society Management Society IN - the in-between space in-between the BETWEEN SPACE CREATE A SUCCESSFUL COEXISTENCE COEXISTENCE SUCCESSFUL A CREATE SPACE BETWEEN , which is directly concerned with the understanding of of understanding the with concerned directly is which , 155 in a Thai context, is the ability to to ability the is context, Thai a in

is a key management role cosystem

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. experiments/ experiments/ strategies in terms of life public spacesin aThai within context. and social intervention and experiment/ strategy creation of a shared public space. and space. socialcreation strategy intervention experiment/ of a public and shared activities which still keep the character of the in-between space, which is informal public space hub community urban an f) and center health ancestra community urban an e) academy community urban an d) gardens community urban activities: social and components ein rmwr o te nbten space in-between the of framework design programs of the design proposal in sort of public space have been lost from the area. The The area. the survival,dependent ofwhich, activities from being context. a social onthe different from lost been have space public of sort in proposal design the of programs shelter/relaxation for the urban community and learning for building a sustainable society. The urban provide can space in-between the connections, visual and edges adjacent on domains sub- intimate definite, of Because (2). appendix in the designs at by solution proposed area practical Siam a existing of example an is proposal design The space. in-between the of research in order to recommend a design proposal for the sharing of urban public space in ter flexiblethey Strategy activities II) III) strategy. Position Landscape of the in-between space: way of micro-urban life to reduce the conflict successful coexistence of differences at the research site. The in-between space is an important

Management spaces public at atmospheres equal building society Thai in and site research the at ud bidn pbi sae o epreta itrcin i ognzd opeiy ly an play complexity organized in interactions experiential of spaces public building guide Th BASIS SUSTAINABLE THIS ACHIEVE 5.1.4 The program for social intervention and experiment/ strategy proposes six main social social main six proposes strategy experiment/ and intervention social for program The h tre es f rtra n sca itretos n eprmns srtge - strategies experiments/ and interventions social and criteria of sets three The The overall scenario of the three social intervention and experiment/ strategy experiment/ and intervention social three the of scenario overall The The concept of associated urban planning management has to be considered in terms of s ciei hle t atclt tre opeesbe oil nevnin and interventions social comprehensible three articulate to helped criteria ose THE SOCIAL INTERVENTION AND EXPERIMENT AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL THE encourages equal atmosphere at public spacesencouragesequalat public atmosphere 1) Position a) community parking b) urban community trading space c) space trading community urban b) parking community a)

temporary & flexible activities called the design framework

2) Program and distribution 3) distribution 2) Landscape. Programand

cnit of consist - 156

from inequalityfrom and encourage sharing of public . They are concepts of flexible and temporary and flexible of concepts are They . / ) rga srtg: eprr & temporary strategy: Program I) STRATEGY SHOULD BE APPLIED T APPLIED BE SHOULD STRATEGY - the in-between space in-between - the were experimented inthiswere experimented in the city. inthe city. . 3) Social 3) .

aims to aims O the the ms l Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. bias significant reason is that the image of the authorities not only illustrates but is considered to be most potentially The Thailand. in development of way regular the is which development of or authority because the researcher aimed to use a bottom-up instead of representative Royal a interview to conducted not was research The architects. the and public general the between different significantly not are interviews the of results the Interestingly, view. of point social and architectural an from area Siam the of cons and pros the understand on-site 2) remote users or visitors cultural, - political, andreligious dimensions can be successfully applied to a coherent architectural proposal based on Thai economic, soc space in-between the of framework efficient an effective, If planners. urban and architects by

domains ofenvironmental contiguity. edging at background and context situational the with connect to us depicting containments the conveys defined of essence space the gathers space in-between The public. be in-between can which quality communal the incidences; environmental of and sense the relationships to addition intimate in is This in-between. living identifiable shape to role important 5.2 the upper local and classes inaddition to andglobal lower atmospheres. social configuration spatial edging layer of as a critical bridge space to bond articulating third the as performs space in-between the Therefore, context. Thai a and experiments/ strategies that supports it Moreover, area. dense the in spaces public urban sharing nbe u t progressively to us enables between associations constructive of realms conceptspatial thein-between of space

D ed ISCUSSIONS and The empirical study contained observations and interviews that comprised of comprised that interviews and observations contained study empirical The The results highlighted major considerations and the criteria to be taken into account into taken be to criteria the and considerations major highlighted results The n ocuin te idn o ti rsac vrfe te yohss s following: as hypothesis the verifies research this of finding the conclusion, In co rrupt.

. The in-between space reduces inequality resulting in a balanceabetween inequalityresultingin reduces Thespacein-between . need to be contemplated in accordance with place background from understand understand , architects and urban scholars explicitly andpresents living life interval micro-urban coexistence of different target groups within a complex h ptnil f pcs ewe places between spaces of potential the 157 Thaification incompatible characters of places of characters incompatible . who are educated people that a t op social interventions social -down perspective . The concept The .

in terms of of terms in

1) users users 1) ial, ial, the

current area/district. what inthe Siam happening is state on frameworks theresearch are at tobeapplied onurban site based structure. in towhichthe researchextent achieved objectives elaboration been of have 1) through the to beadvantageous compared requirements. tobusiness social broad in dominated seen been never has and it because provided be not may which space public including dimensions raised is atmosphere unequal The debts. with associated classes clash during protests and temptations arise to adopt the globalized life style that is often The social investments. appear, conflicts limit: its their to acceptance social finance pushes incomes between gap to enormous taxes on rely world the in governments All city. the by would be unemployed. Without shopping malls, receivable taxes would be lower than expected and demand. Without any shopping malls, thousands of indirect workers and direct employees supply by regulated mainly is market the but work find to struggling are slums the in people stricken poverty the time, same to the At authorities policies. numerous Bangkok releasing by for legislate abundantly be would reaction the political and/or and human religion natural the A of nationality. irrespective services, and products their afford can customers The root cause is essentially reality.inevitable an is globalization world, the of state current the reviewing ByBangkok. of -betweencriteria space framework Before being ensnared in the details, it is crucial to understand complexities of the the of complexities understand to crucial is it details, the in ensnared being Before Noticeably since the beginning of the 21 the of beginning the sinceNoticeably Space Urban Public ofSharing akind As Space The In-Between The data analyzed interpreted was and and toreveal ofthe patterns criteria specific Table 12 - Thespace of- in-between the essencesequentialframework of th

making profit

2) The design framework ofthe in-between space The in-between criteria space framework the design framework space. ofthe in-between the design . Companies logically extend their businesses where 158 st century the economy leads the development the leadseconomy the century

eresearch

The The the Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. polarization. The frameworks are useful to take into consideration consideration into take to useful are frameworks The polarization. also suggests practical frameworks can be used efficiently to apprehend and compromise culture/ Thaification are the key criteria in order to produce the in-between space. The research illustrates that improper urban planning; relevant social relations economic inequality, and Thai spaces malls. It indicates city development as a way of of way a as development city indicates It malls. proximately to one another: monarchy, a slum, a temple and its school and shoppingluxurious representing the majority of inhabitants in the surroundings and slums. representing thesurroundingsinhabitants in of slums. and themajority from all Thaithe from social Thais tohigh-netpoverty classes, individuals; are stricken worth people combining collage human a is there area, Siam the in view, of point socio-ethnical a the in-between space, like the city of collage which opens to combine relevant incidents. From political, and Buddhist criteria - consequently the overlapping condition of spaces is produced area, Siam the Bangkok. in collected only was data study, this by restricted intentionally As future. the in share can public the for space public urban an become to creation planning urban the

compatible Figure n h iprat oiis eooi ad utrl ra n ago. h research The Bangkok. in area cultural and economic politics, important the in 64 This dissertation was to understand the overall criterion that produces produces that criterion overall the understand to was dissertation This

From an architectural and urban planning point of view, in the Siam area, these these area, Siam the in view, of point planning urban and architectural an From - Development - planningcreatedresearchon sitewithout the t el mns n h dfeet aeois f lc ad oil ls eit n close in exist class social and place of categories different the in ements 159

Thaification he city like a piece of collage in an artwork hepiecelike ofincity collage a an artwork eooi, oil cultural, social, economic, - a design or concept during concept or design in between -

social , Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

5.3

research site. The researchresearch The site. the at places of backgrounds diverse the and theories both between relationship synthesized in other in space public developed countries of can assist in understanding definitions the criteria and some theory, but this is open-ended not applicable are space in-between the of results research the As professionally. and theoretically both addressed be to need that complications still are There space. in-between the of form the in boundary space public the extend to able cluster of different places and social complexityby forward looking challenges to the of bein impose a new concept to refine the in-between space appropriate space in-between the refine to concept new a impose movement and greater perspective which directly concerns spaces between places. They should time the proposed question is, how developing the in-between space in critical, another creates as spacefundamental the toreciprocally layer whole.Therefore, juxtapositions bondenvironmental in-between The planning. urban and practice architectural between space will improve a cast-off space to become become to space cast-off a improve will space between in- the how Moreover, design. urban and architectural of form the in design environmental a in achieving support can that architects of role the as considered be should coexistencegroups. of different targeted o rmt dsg euain n poesos ih h am f nacn te physical are the dense enhancing of aim or/and the cities urban in life of quality our increase and with support to as so in live we environment professions and education design promote to accordance with the criteria. With more information of the in-between space, it may be possible places in dense areas of the city and their effective use. Including political poles this has between spaces of connections outside and inside between discrimination social affect that understanding of the conditions whether they are cultural, economic or social are still the issues systemic interconnected fabric network within the entire dimensions of each place as part of of parteach of placeas dimensions theentire within fabric network systemicinterconnected all cases. As long as places include spaces spaces include places as long As cases. all public spaces

R . ECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE FUTURE FOR THE ECOMMENDATIONS hs eerh aim research This A further aim is to apply the in-between space concept into into concept space in-between the apply to is aim further A The role of architects is important in the development process of any city. Many points as Te opeesv cnet f h i-ewe sae a cet successful create can space in-between the of concept comprehensive The . . For instance, the criteria of ed er attempts to understand the notion of the in-between space from a a from space in-between thenotionof attempts tounderstand

to comprehend the in-between space space in-between the comprehend

a 160 design framework of in -between places have evolved creating creating evolved have places -between a ennfl ulc pc in space public meaningful a the in-between space Thai context will establish in public spaces public in

a Ta cnet the - context Thai a different context and context different the in-between space in-between the in terms of terms in

. Deep never g

where usedNorth criteria accordingly. the South, couldand or Phuket in additional befound been has what observed in the Siam Area might not be observed ain different city, Consequently, such Changas, Mai in the culture. and mentality local own its has Bangkok Thailand. and integrate should architects consider. that points overall fundamental the are These Buddhism. as same the is which religion, in beliefs their including society Thai in point a be to stopped past. in Thai society before, therefore it is a more challenging approach than has been adopted in spaces even in a dense area such as public the urbanSiam Area. of Such frameworks interaction have never the and planning urban of rethinking the but styles architectural between space. This is part of the research and do and research the of part is This space. between Further consideration has to be made to the fact that Bangkok is not the same throughout Finally, understanding ourselves is the essence of the associated framework of the of framework associated the of essence the is ourselves understanding Finally, Figure 65 - The - essence ofassociated the oftheframeworks in-between 161

es not require the development of new new of development the require not space in Thai context space Thaicontext in been been suggested

the in - Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. As Altman, D.(2002). Afary, & B. K. (2010). Anderson, J., M.(2006).Adams, and The W. Environment Future ofSustainability: Re-thinking Applebaum, H.A.(1992). Anderson, B.,Anderson, &geography. (2011). C. Assemblage and McFarlane, Abercrombie, & N.,B. S., (2006). Hill, Turner, S. Abel,Foster, & C., N.(2012). Appadurai,(1996). A. Andrew, M.,& D.(2011). Pedersen, D. P. S., P. McEvoy, C. Ananta Samakhom Throne Hall. (2015). InAnanta Samakhom Hall. Throne (2015). Askew, M.(2004b).

Askew, M.(2010). Augé, M.(1995a). Augé, (1995b). M. Ayyub,B. M. (2001). kew, M. (2004a). Seductions Islamism of Press. ed). London:ed). Penguin. http://cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/iucn_future_of_sustanability.pdf http://cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/iucn_future_of_sustanability.pdf Meeting. 20,2014,from June Retrieved IUCNDevelopment to Thinkers theTwenty-first in Renowned Century. Present Minn: University of Minnesota Press. UniversityMinn: Press. ofMinnesota in 666874537 https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Ananta_Samakhom_Throne_Hall&oldid= 14, 2015,from Retrieved June 20, 2014, from http://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4762.2011.01004.x Retrievedhttp://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4762.2011.01004.x 20,2014,from June Sport Management Sport Non-lieux Non-lieux Legitimacy Crisis in Thailand in Crisis Legitimacy Global Sex Global Bangkok: Place, Practice and Representation Place,Bangkok: Practiceand Bangkok: Place, Practice and Representation Place,Bangkok: Practiceand Elicitation of Expert of forUncertaintyElicitation andRisks Opinions Modernity atlarge: cultural globalizationModernity dimensions of The Concept of Work:The ConceptModern Ancient, of Medieval, and . Verso. . Verso. . Human Kinetics. . Human . Verso. . Verso. . University of Chicago Press. . University ChicagoPress. of Architecture andIdentity . University of Chicago Press. . University Press. ofChicago REFERENCES REFERENCES Foucault andtheIranianGender Revolution:Foucault andthe Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia 162

. Books. Silkworm The Penguin dictionary ofsociology . Routledge. Research Methods andDesignResearch Methods . Routledge. . Routledge. . Routledge. . Routledge. Area , 43 . Retrieved. June (2), 124 . CRC Press.. CRC . Minneapolis, . SUNY

‑ 127. (5. Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Carducci, B. J. (2009).Carducci,B. J. Can, Is¸ın,Can,In Heath, (2016). Tim. Burton, E., Jenks, M., & Williams, K.(2003). Burton,Williams, M.,& E.,Jenks, Brookes, (2012). T.R. (2013).Bowring, J. Borja, (1998). Citizenship andpublicspace. J. Brooks-Gunn, (1997). J. Bishop, & R., L. Robinson, (1998). S. Bhargava,K., &Bolongaita, V. (2004). E.P. Bettelheim,B. (1967).

I. N.Azlan, (2013). Habermas . InHabermas Calhoun, C. . Benhabib, Models (1992). ofpublic space: Arendt, andJürgen S. the tradition Hannah liberal Bardi,(2011). U. Baumeister,Lee,& (2007). R., S. Ballantyne,(2005). A. Baker, (2009). C.,& P. Phongpaichit, Applications Housing and the Built Environment. Housing Built and Environment. the IssueIzmiranalysis 1,pp31 Volume31, of using space syntax. Form? University of Wellington, School of Architecture. University Wellington, ofArchitecture. School of ContextChildren: and Consequencesfor Children l’espai urbàmodern Mission to that Country in Country that Mission to 1855 and aFramework forAction Miracle New York; London: Free Press; Collier Macmillan. New Press;London:Free Collier Macmillan. York; Press. Publishers. Publishers. Black. Routledge. Routledge. . Psychology Press. . Psychology Press. The Limits to Growth Revisited toGrowth The Limits Margaret Crawford domand WithPeople Crawford ofSiam:Margaret aNarrative ofthe . Wiley &John Sons. Research MethodologyResearch inLandscape Architecture Love is not enough: emotionally disturbed children. is not of thetreatment Love Architecture Theory: A Reader andCulture inPhilosophy Architecture Theory: INSIDE / OUTSIDE and the [inbetween] /OUTSIDEINSIDE andthe The Psychology of Personality: Viewpoints,The Psychology Research, ofPersonality: and Neighborhood Poverty,Neighborhood Volume 1:Context andConsequences for Habermas sphere andthepublic , 56. , 56. -between spaces and -between social interaction: amorphological spaces The Domestic and theForeignThe Architecture Domestic in and . World Bank . World Publications. A History ofThailand Night Market: Sexual EconomicNight andthe Thai Cultures . Cambridge University Press. 163 Challenging Corruption in Asia: in Corruption CaseChallenging Studies The Compact A City: Urban Sustainable Ciutat real, ideal.Significat ciutat ifunció a Ciutat . Springer Science & Business Media. . Springer Media. Business & Science . Russell Sage Foundation. Sage. Russell Foundation. (pp. 89-120). London: (pp.89-120). MIT . Cambridge University Press. . Wellington: Victoria . Trafford. . Trafford. – 49. Journal of 49. Journal . 010 . A&C

Chalapati, (2008). Sufficiency S. of Poverty toTheas Problem a Economy Response in Chua, B.-H.(2002). Cicalo, E.(2013).In aManifesto. Designingconstructing public spaces and public spheres: I.Christopher Alexander,Language: S. (1997).Buildings, Construction. A Pattern Towns, Anderson, B.Anderson,(2011). &. andConvalescence: and Capital Contagion Liberalization, Controls, Capital theEast Asian Connors, M.K.(2007). Ananta Samakhom Throne Hall D.P.A.K.(2008).Cousins, Reader Crane, G.T. (1997). Adams, W. M.(2006).Adams, W. Abercrombie, N. H.(2006). . Oxford University Press.Abel, C. &. C. University (2012). . Oxford Press.Abel, Thailand. http://doi.org/10.5539/ass.v4n7p3 http://doi.org/10.5539/ass.v4n7p3 http://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4762.2011.01004.x City ProjectCity Space andPublic New York: Oxford University Press. Limits toGrowth Limits 666874537 https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Ananta_Samakhom_Throne_Hall&oldid= Wikipedia: Study: Case Financial Crisis. andMalaysia Thailand http://cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/iucn_future_of_sustanabilit http://cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/iucn_future_of_sustanabilit Meeting. Century.Development Present theTwenty-first IUCN Renowned in to Thinkers Retrieved June 20, 2014,from Retrieved June Asian SocialScience Consumption in Asia: Lifestyle inAsia: andIdentitiesConsumption The Theoretical Evolution of International Political Economy: A Economy:Theoretical International Political Evolution of The A The FutureofSustainability: and Re-thinking Environment Democracy Identity inThailand andNational . Academic Foundation. Assemblage . andgeography: ThePenguin(5. dictionary of sociology ed). From Resource toEcological Exploring Scarcity New Security . (2015, December25). Retrieved 14,2015,from June (p. 219). Springer Science & Business Media. Science (p.219).Business& Springer Media. , 4 (7). Retrieved May (7).from Retrieved 10,2009, 164 Architecture andIdentity. Retrieved June 20, 2014, from Retrieved 20, June . (2007). ProQuest. . (2007). ProQuest. . Routledge. . NIAS Press. London: Penguin. London: Penguin. Routledge.

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Development,I.I.&.for E. (1994a). Deutsche, (1998). R. Eawsriwong, N. (2005). Deming,((2011b)). M.E. Dubreuil,(2010). B. Dovey, K.(2009). (1994b). Deming, ((2011a)). M.E. Dovey,23). K.(2012, March Crawford, M.(2012).

Benhabib, Models (1992). ofpublic space: Arendt, andJürgen S. the tradition Hannah liberal Christopher Alexander, S. I.Christopher Alexander,(1997). S. Chalapati, (2008, S. July8). John John Wiley& Sons. Cambridge Cambridge [u.a.]: Univ.Press. Wiley& Sons. http://www.spontaneousinterventions.org/reading/an-essay http://www.spontaneousinterventions.org/reading/an-essay 2014 Review,International Development Planning 34(4), 349-368. New York: Oxford University Press. New York: Oxford University Press. Habermas . InHabermas Calhoun, C. . http://doi.org/10.5539/ass.v4n7p3 http://doi.org/10.5539/ass.v4n7p3 AsianSocialin Thailand. Science, 4(7). MIT Press. Development, I. I. for E. &. I.forE. . I. Development, Evictions. Becoming Places: Urbanism / ArchitectureBecoming Places:Power. Urbanism /Identity / / Human evolution hierarchies: of Human andthe origins the stateofnature. . Evictions: Art and Spatial Politics. Art Spatial and Evictions: Urban InterventionsUrban tothe andthe City. Right Pen &Pen Sail. Landscape Research: Architectural Inquiry,Strategy, Design. Landscape Research: Architectural Strategy, Inquiry, Design.. Sufficiencyas aResponse toThe Problem Economy ofPoverty Informal urbanism and complex and Informal urbanism assemblage. adaptive Habermas sphe andthepublic Silkworm Books. Books. Silkworm A Pattern Language: Towns, Buildings, Towns, Construction. A PatternLanguage: Evictions. 165 Retrieved Mayfrom Retrieved 10,2009, IIED. IIED. IIED. MIT Press. re (pp. 89-120). London: (pp.89-120). Retrieved from Retrieved Apirl 20, Apirl Retrieved Routledge.

John John

Ennenbach,(2015). M. Emmel, N.(2013). Funatsu, classes :The middle The intellectual rise T.K.(2003). inThailand ofthe elite urban Fardon, (2003). R. Hou, J. (2010). (Not)yourHou, J. everyday space: Public and exclusion, public democracy, space : Goode, L.Goode, (2005). Heng, H.-M. S. (2010). Kleinsasser, (1981). W. &King, 1022. (2013). Dovey, R., K. &King, 1037. (2013). Dovey, R., K. InterstitialKing, 31). and D.(2013, R. informal the. volume metamorphoses: urbanism Heidegger,(1971). M. Press. (n.d.).(2013). 1022. Approach. and their social consciousness. remaking contemporary cities of In control.politic Hou, J. Publishing. Singapore: Scientific World Eugene: University of Oregon. Eugene: University ofOregon. York: Harper Colophon. Environment :Society andPlanning andSpace Press. SAGE. SAGE. Counterworks: Managing the Diversity ofKnowledge. . Diversity Counterworks: Managing the Jürgen Habermas: democracy and the public sphere.and the Habermas:Jürgen democracy Sampling and Choosing Cases andChoosing inQualitative Research:Sampling ARealist Team 10Primer. Team Livable Cities?: Urban Struggles for Livelihood and Sustainability. Urban Livelihood Cities?: andSustainability. for Struggles Livable “Building, Dwelling, Thinking” Dwelling, inPoetry, Language, Thought. “Building, Buddhist Psychotherapy:A Guide forBeneficialBuddhist Changes. . State andSecularism:State Perspectives Asia. from Unpublished course manuscript, Department courseUnpublished manuscript, Architecture of . University of California Press. University Press. ofCalifornia Insurgent space: andthe public Guerrilla urbanism (A. Smithson, Ed.) Cambridge: MIT Press. Ed.) (A. Cambridge: Smithson, MIT Press. The Development Economics,The Development XLI-2 (pp. 1-17). London (pp.1-17). and New Routledge. York: 166 , 1022 , – 1040. (C. T. Liew,T. Ed.) (C. London : Pluto London :Pluto Routledge. Routledge. , 243-63. , 243-63. Lotus

New Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Lao, (2015). R. Laiprakobsup,Inbetween essence. emergence N.(2007). ofthe The Place: Lo, R. (1986). Between Two Worlds: The window and the relationship of inside to outside. Lo, TheBetweenTwo windowand (1986). Worlds: ofinsidetooutside. R. therelationship Wattanasukchai, S. (2017, AugustWattanasukchai, (2017, S. 24). Leach,(2005). N. Larice, E.(2013).& Macdonald, M., Prasertkul, (2018, March 10). S. Lim, (2013). S. W.

Laiprakobsup, N.(2007). Martini, C., &Martini, C., M. (2014). Boumans, home and Kampung. Maliki, N.Z,Bahauddin, Recalling & Space: Abdullah,A., (2015). theTransitional City A. Madanipour, A.(2003). Lynch, &K., Banerjee, T., Southworth, M.(1995). &Lin, Mele, C.(2012). J., Limin, H., Liang,Limin, L.&B., (2010). H., C. Kiang, H. borrowing raw-deal raw-deal https://www.bangkokpost.com/opinion/opinion/1312031/pedestrians-once-again-get- January Bangkokpost: 15,2018,from Wellington,Zealand: Victoria NewWellington University of https://www.bangkokpost.com/news/politics/1425439/seksan-blasts-divisive-politics https://www.bangkokpost.com/news/politics/1425439/seksan-blasts-divisive-politics from 'Thainess' Bangkok post: available fromProQuest University: Dissertations . University: . Dissertations Projects Kevin of Lynch Press. A Critical Study of A Critical . Routledge. Rethinking Architecture: A Reader in Cultural Theory Architecture:Reader inCultural Rethinking A Public Space inUrbanAsia Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences(ISI) - Social andBehavioral Procedia Public andPrivate theCity of Spaces Inbetween Theemergence Place: ofthe essence. The Urban Sociology ReaderThe UrbanSociology . MIT . Press. , 1 Seksan blasts divisive politi Seksan divisive blasts ‑ Thailand’s HigherThailand’s The culture Education Reforms: of 228 Experts and Consensus in Social ScienceConsensus in Experts and The Urban Design ReaderThe UrbanDesign Pedestrians, once deal again,getraw Pedestrians, 167 . World Scientific. World . On Asian Streets Public Space and City Sense and City Design: Writings SenseCity Design: andCity and . Routledge. . Routledge. cs . Psychology Press. . Retrieved March. Retrieved 12,2018, . Routledge. . Routledge. . . ,170, 605 ,170, . Routledge. Texas A&M Dissertations Dissertations . Retrieved . Springer. . Springer. – 612. . NUS

Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Nugent, (2008). Vincent, D.,& J. In-between Nooraddin, Streetmethods in (2002). establishing space: new Towards Hoshiar. Norberg-Schulz, C. (1980b). C. Norberg-Schulz, Norberg-Schulz, C. (1980a). C. Norberg-Schulz, Noobanjong, K. (2003b). Nitaya, ChangingTHAIWOMEN: O.(1999).Course and During ofThai Status Roles the Neumeier,(2005). M. LawMydans, ofRule New (2011).May S. inThailandBe Mishra, (2011).P. Maty,& (1701). Baudrand,M.-A. C.,

TheoryMaslow, Motivation. A A.H. ofHuman (1943). Narvaez, D., &D. K.Lapsley, (2009). Missingham, (2003). B. D. Nelson, reformM. H.(2009). Structural Thailand: Political issues. andideological in Neher,(1979). C.D. Noobanjong, K. (2003a). Noobanjong,K. (2003a). & Sons. design. GBER Vol. 2 No. 1 pp 50 -57. University ofOslo, -57. Norway. design. University 1pp50 GBER Vol.2No. Academy Editions. Academy Editions. Academy Editions. to Thailand http://www.nytimes.com/2001/07/30/world/new-rule-of-law- December The 3,2013,York from New Times.: Protest MovementNational to Thailand 370 Moral Psychology structural-and-ideological-issues/ structural-and-ideological-issues/ Modernization (1). leader-s-downfall.html leader-s-downfall.html http://asiapacific.anu.edu.au/newmandala/2009/05/18/political-reform- 2011, fromRetrieved 20, June ‑ 396. An End to Suffering: The Buddha in the World TheBuddha toSuffering: inthe An End . Universal-Publishers. . Universal-Publishers. Modern Thai Politics: FromVillage toNation Politics: Thai Modern The BrandGap,RevisedEdition Power, Identity,Rise ofModern andthe From Architecture: Siam Power, Identity,Rise ofModern andthe From Architecture: Siam . Cambridge University Press. University Press. . Cambridge 3 The Assembly of the Poor in Thailand: From Local Thailand: The in Assembly to ofthe Struggles Poor , 133 Genius loci: towards aphenomenologyGenius ofarchitecture loci: towards Genius aphenomenology loci: towards ofarchitecture – A Companion to the Anthropology the ofPolitics A Companionto 152. . Silkworm Books. . Silkworm Dictionnaire geographique ... universel Dictionnaire Personality, Identity, and Character: Explorations in in Explorations Identity, andCharacter: Personality, 168 . Peachpit Press. Psychological Review a Leader’sa Downfall. Retrieved . Pan Macmillan. . Pan Macmillan. . Transaction Publishers. in -thailand-may-be-a-

in , (50), . John . John Wiley -thailand- . .

Numnonda, T.(2005). Phongpaichit, & P., Podeh, E.(2011). & ReportingPlanning, ResearchDesigning O’Grady, J., May, J. D.,&O’Grady, May, J. Schüttke J., N.(2008). &O’Brien, R., Johnston, M.,Stapenhurst, Phongpaichit, & P., Phiriyarangsan, (1996). S. PhraDhammapidok. (2002). Pickett, S. T. A., Cadenasso, M. L., T.A.,Pickett, S. Cadenasso, M. &B. (2013). McGrath, Phornchokchai, (1992). S. InPhaya from Retrieved the May Wikipedia, free (2015). Palace. 6,2016, Thai encyclopedia: Preiser,Hardy, F.&A. T., Salama, W. E.,Davis, A.M., A.(2014). RetrievedPrasertkul, politics. (2018, March 10). S. March Seksan blasts divisive 12,2018, Pearson, M. P., & Richards, C. (2003). C. Pearson, & M.P., Richards, Pantasin, A.(2001). Panaïoti, A.(2013). Conflict-affected Countries Silkworm Books. Books. Silkworm Business Media. and PracticeDesign: Cities Theory Linking forSustainable Community Research and Actions Agency for Real Estate Affairs. Community Estate Real Affairs. Actions for Agency and Research foundation. Criticism: ExpertCriticism: and Performance Judgment Evaluation Routledge. HonourofJohnD’ArcyExplorations in May https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Phaya_Thai_Palace&oldid=687421260 https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Phaya_Thai_Palace&oldid=687421260 University Press. https://www.bangkokpost.com/news/politics/1425439/seksan-blasts-divisive-politics https://www.bangkokpost.com/news/politics/1425439/seksan-blasts-divisive-politics from 'Thainess' Bangkok post: of Economics The Politics of National theArab of in MiddleEast Celebrations The Politics พงษ์ไพจิตรผาสุก Nietzsche Philosophy andBuddhist Buddhist economics: Theory various fields to andApplications Evolution Buddhist . Bangkok: Amarin. เมืองไทย Bangkok andRecommendations Slums:Review Buddhist EconomicsBuddhist

สมัยสงครามโลกครั . ( . World Bank . World Publications. 2006). -Scherle, P. (2007). -Scherle, (2007). P. Architecture andOrder: Space Approaches toSocial ก ารต . (2001). Pearson South Africa. Pearson Africa. . (2001). South 169 ้ งที่ อสู้ของทุนไทย ่ Corruption andDemocracyCorruption in Thailand

(5th ed.). Bangkok: ed.). KomolKrem (5th Thong สอง . LIT Verlag Münster. VerlagLIT Münster. . : Parliaments Peacebuilders as in ยุคเชื่อผู้น ยุคเชื่อผู้น าชาติพ้นภัย . Cambridge University Press. . Cambridge University Press. Ecumenics the from Rim: : Resilience in Ecology andUrban Resilience in การปรับตัวและพลวัต . Routledge. . Springer& Science Architecture Beyond Architecture . สายธาร . School of Urban . School ofUrban . . ส ส านักพิมพ์มติชน

. Cambridge

. .

O.(2010).Pruetipibultham, The sufficiencyand philosophy economy strategica HRD: Reid, A.(2015). InformationReal Estate Center. Scott, R. M.(2009). R. Scott, TheSchneider, theUndergroundF., GrowthShadows: of D. (2002). & intheEnste, Hiding Scherer,(2013). M. Sathapitanon, N., B. & (2012). Mertens, Lavrakas, M.R.,&Roller, (2015). P. J. Ring,L. M.,& R. T.,Salkin, Boda, (1994). S. Richter, F.-J. (1999). Sime, J. D.(1986). Creating J. Sime, places or designing spaces? March d.). (s. Paragon(2016).Siam Nation. Retrieved -Facebook globally 3,2017, The tops Reynolds, C. J. (2002).Reynolds, J. C. economics subjects http://doi.org/10.1080/13678861003589073 http://doi.org/10.1080/13678861003589073 13 sustainablefor development Thailand. and Contemporary Forms Quality Framework Approach Asia andOceania http://www.reic.or.th/news/news_detail.asp?nID=269s11&p=1&s=15&t=12 http://www.reic.or.th/news/news_detail.asp?nID=269s11&p=1&s=15&t=12 Greenwood Publishing Group. Greenwood Publishing Group. Contemporary Thailand http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/issues/issues30/ InternationalEconomy. MayMonetary 3,2013,from Retrieved Fund. Cambridge University Press. Psychology http://doi.org/10.1016/S0272-4944(86)80034-2 Books. Books. globally-30274815.html from http://www.nationmultimedia.com/breakingnews/Siam-Paragon-tops-Facebook- Inc. Inc. (1), 99 ‑ A history ofSoutheast Asia 110. Retrieved October 15, 2012, from Octoberfrom 110. Retrieved 15,2012, , Beyond Church andState: Conversion Democracy,Beyond and Secularism, 6 Nirvana for Sale?: Buddhism, Wealth, forSale?: Buddhism,Nirvana andtheDhammakaya Temple in Buddhist Economics: Buddhist (1), 49 (1), Business Networks in Asia: Promises, Networks inAsia: Doubts,andPerspectivesBusiness National Identity andItsNational Defenders: Today Thailand . Fitzroy Dearborn. . FitzroyDearborn. . Amarin Publishing Companies. Publishing Companies. . Amarin ‑ 63. Retrieved from Auguest 63. 7,2017, . SUNY Press. (s. d.) . Editions Didier Millet.. Editions . Guilford Publications. . Guilford Publications. . (2017). Retrieved 2018, from . (2017). 21, July Applied Qualitative Research A Total Design: Architecture of Thailand: A Guide toTraditionalArchitecture ofThailand: evolution, theories and it’s application tovarious theories application andit’s evolution, . Chichester, West Sussex: . Chichester,John Wiley Sussex: West & Sons 170 Human Resource International Development Human International Dictionary Places: ofHistoric Journal ofEnvironmental . Silkworm . Silkworm

. . , Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek.

M.(2002). Sinnott, Society, (1931). S. TheBangkok real name isthe longest of d.). onEarth. JulyRetrieved name (s. city 10,2018, Stringer, Christensen,M. F., C., L.Agnello, Baldwin, S. E. Henry, T., M.,&L. D. (2014). P. Storey, (2014). J. (2010).Stachowicz-Stanusch, A. Tepwongsirirat, The of publicand (2005). and The vendor thestreet: management P. use Teixeira, A.(2015). A. C.,Maia, Pimenta, C., A.,& J. Moreira, (2008).Taylor, J. Suwannathat-Pian, K. (1995). Sustainability.Febuary theIn Wikipedia, free 16,2016,from Retrieved encyclopedia: Traditional DwellingsTraditional and Settlements ofthe International Journal Review: Association for (1980).Terwiel,B. J. Sufficiency Economy: A New Philosophy in the Global World:Global Philosophy intheSufficiency Business 100New with Interviews Economy: A Susen, S., &Susen, S., (2013). Turner,B. S. Surhone, L.Surhone, M.T.,& F.S. (2010). Marseken, M.,Timpledon, University Wisconsin of longest-city-place-name- Theoretical Foundations andResearch Growth andGlobalizationGrowth 1932-1957 from https://theculturetrip.com/asia/thailand/articles/bangkoks-full-name- Press. Teaching, andLearning Community-Based Research, Breaking Boundaries of Ethnography: Traditional Press. spaces in Bangkok.spaces in Urban Space https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sustainability&oldid=706258950 the Study of Traditional the StudyEnvironments ofTraditional Professionals VDM Publishing. VDM Publishing. From Popular Culture toEverydayPopular Culture From Life Buddhism and Postmodern Imaginings in Thailand: in of TheReligiosity Buddhism andPostmodern Imaginings . Oxford University Press. University. Oxford Press. Journal of theSiamSociety of Journal Transgender Thailand: in Tom-Dee Identity andSame-sex Relationships . Ashgate Publishing, Ltd. Publishing,. Ashgate . (2007). Thai Chamber ofCommerce. Field Plaek Marshal Phibun Songkhram Dissertations available fromProQuest available Dissertations Thailand’s durablePremier:Thailand’s Ph . Psychology Press. . Psychology Press. -- in Madison. Madison. Organizational Immunity to Corruption: Building Immunity Building toCorruption: Organizational . Routledge. -the-world/ -the-world/ The Legacy of Pierre Bourdieu: Critical EssaysThe Legacy Bourdieu: Critical ofPierre 171 . (2006). The Association. . (2006). Association. The . IAP. . . . . Routledge. Siamese Revolution of 1932 Revolution Siamese . University of Queensland. University ibun through three decades, ibun through , 1 Corruption, EconomicCorruption, ‑ 292. 292. is . Anthem -the-

. . Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Turpin, F. H.(2014). Unger, D. (1998). Unesco chronicle Vella, F.W. (1957). Tschumi, Bernard. (2000). d.). Retrieved (s. -Transparency The Coalition. International Global Anti-Corruption Walker, A.(2012). Waites, D.(2014). Wilson, A.(2004). Wilson, Pedestrians,Wattanasukchai, get (2017). once again, S. January deal. Retrieved raw 15,2018, Wall, E.,&Wall, (2010). Waterman, T. Wongthet, (2005). S. Winichakul, T.(1994). การเปลี่ยนแปลงราคาที่ดินและที่อยู นิธิ

เอียวศรีวงศ์ the overthrow of the empire, up to A. D. 1770 the overthrow uptoA.D. ofthe empire, Cambridge University Press. November 20, 2018, from https://www.transparency.org/cpi2018 https://www.transparency.org/cpi2018 November from 20,2018, Publishing. Publishing. the globalcity raw-deal https://www.bangkokpost.com/opinion/opinion/1312031/pedestrians-once-again-get- from Bangkokpost: University of Wisconsin Pres. University Pres. Wisconsin of Hawaii Press. Hawaii Press. from http://www.treasury.go.th/download/PDF_Price_assessment/bkk_New_01.pdf from http://www.treasury.go.th/download/PDF_Price_assessment/bkk_New_01.pdf http://www.matichon.co.th/news_detail.php?newsid=1373779415

(2015). . (1957). United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. UnitedNations. (1957). Scientific Educational, and Cultural Organization. Building Social Capital in in SocialCapital Thailand:Building Fibers, Infrastructure Finance and CultureShock! BangkokCultureShock! The intimate economiesThe intimate andAvon tycoons, ladies in tomboys, Bangkok: of Thailand’s Political Peasants: Power EconomyThailand’s Modern inthe Rural Siam under 1824-1851 RamaIII, Siam ความเป็นไทยที่เคลื่อนคลาย History of the Kingdom ofSiam ofthe Kingdom andoftherevolutions haveHistory that caused กรุงเทพฯ . Berkeley: University of California Press. . Berkeley: University CaliforniaPress. of Siam Mapped: A History ofthe Geo-BodySiam Mapped: ofaNation History A อาศัย Event-Cities 2 ่

มาจากไหน

พ . ศ Basics Landscape Architecture 01: Urban Design Architecture Urban Basics Landscape 01: . 2528-2555 (s. d.). (2018). 25, 2018, RetrievedNovember ? Matichon. ? . Cambridge: The MIT Press. MIT. Cambridge: Press. The . . Marshall Cavendish International Asia Pte Ltd. International CavendishLtd. Asia. Marshall Pte Retrieved February from 7,2016, 172 . American Presby. Mission Press. . American Press. Mission Presby. . Published by J.J. Augustin. by Augustin. . Published J.J. . University of . AVA

. . Die approbierte gedruckte Originalversion dieser Dissertation ist an der TU Wien Bibliothek verfügbar. The approved original version of this doctoral thesis is available in print at TU Wien Bibliothek. Figure 2 - Edward T. Hall's personal reaction bubbles, showing radius in feet and meters Figure showingEdward feetT. Hall's andmeters reaction in personal bubbles, radius - 2 .... 12 Area Siam FigureBangkok -- site - 1 Research ...... 11 Figure 6 Stephansplatz ...... 29 recessedFigureOverlappingedge between space at different 5- the or or at spaces FigureA spaceStephansplatz spaces lying 4-among defined between at or ...... 28 Figure analysis/integrityData thedatacollection- 3 from process ...... 20

Figure 11 promotes “civilized” dress Figure Marshalerafrom 10 - Plaek the Poster ...... 37 Figure 7 Figure 15 and Thaification ...... 48 Figureand Bangkok Culture Art Centre- 14 (BACC) Figure Project - 13 MahaNakhon Samakhom Throne Hall ...... 45 Figure 12 Figure Nawa (Thai:- 9 Yan Wat IslandFigure - 8 Ratakosin Figure- 16 Figure 20 Figure ofsustainableVenn development diagram - 19 ...... 60 Figure sufficiency managementeconomy the ofland - 18 Concept concept from ...... 59 Thailand Figure class- 17 in Social ...... 51 Figure 22 Figure a space space private aactivity movedfrom public- 21 to Cinema ...... 75 Figure 28 layouts ...... 83 Figure Pathumwanaram) park Wat The (opposite associated public tothe future - 27 with FigureIBridges neighbourhoods. connecting Ramawith Siam - 26 the Road ...... 82 I Figuresite onthenorth The ofRama research- 25 Road ...... 81 Figure ThaiA scenario of sense - 24 ofpublic space ontheresearch site ...... 79 FigureThai space public - 23 Figure 34 Figure theresearch around - 33 Walkways site ...... 89 vehicles)Figure around theresearch (motorized - 32 Circulation site ...... 89 Figure Square atSiam streets - 31 Shopping ...... 86 Figure University Area ofChulalongkorn - 30 ...... 85 neighborhoods Siam Figure to center- 29 shopping MBK next ...... 84 Figure 35 – – The overview of the research site of the site research overview The ...... 31 – The Figure The – – – – – – –

Shape of the building created from various Thai artefacts. building ofthe created Thaiartefacts. various Shape from ...... 48 AnantaEuropeanBangkok -architecture of Example influence within Public space in a Wat and social activities in aWat andsocial activities space Public ...... 74 Thai heritage conflictual Thai case 2D view 2Dview Snapshot of motorized people flows at the research site peoplemotorized the flows research of at Snapshot site ...... 90 Snapshot of pedestrians at the research site pedestriansresearch of Snapshot at site the ...... 90 Ritual of the Teacher’s oftheRitual Day We stern influences and Thaification adaptation in the same building Thaification adaptationstern influences thesame and in building ...... 44 post – ground ofthe theresearch on elements site ...... 32 project after the resettlement of the community project of thecommunity the after resettlement ...... 83 ...... 40 – Grand Palace and the Sanum Luang Grand Sanum Palace and the (TheLawn) Palace ...... 35 – Golden criteria criteria Golden ...... 79 วัดยานนาวา – Globalized and universalism architecture ...... 47 LIST - Hierarchical principle - principle Hierarchical ...... 51 ) isanexample ofChinese influences inarchitecture

– OF Research site. site. Research ...... 77 173 –

TABLES TABLES

left prohibited “uncivilized”– dress left – Merge architecture between modern right

Figure - 36 Figure 38 the right handside ...... 92 shoppingFigure from connectsThe mallon Station the Skywalk Siam Paragon - 37 the Siam Figure 39 Figure 46 and thelayman domains...... 100 dividedof the The is Wat research and mainly site context. themonastery twodomains; into elements which ofthe in shows theposition Figure Wat isthe in-between The drawing - 45 FigureThe surroundings Wat - 44 ...... 99 Figure The of theWat Pathumwanara position - 43 ...... 98 FigureThe of theRoyal Sra position Palace- Pathum and 42 estate ...... 98 Figure community Traditional Thai - 41 ...... 96 IFigure The the area- research 40 of onRama Road site ...... 94 Figure 55 (right) ...... 108 Figure shopping- fromIntersection View Ratchaprasong plaza world - 54 (left) Central - EntranceFigure spaces and in-between - Paragon 53 Siam ...... 108 Paragon/Central (right). World ...... 107 Figure- Discovery 52 by inthe Siam evening Palace surrounded SraPathum (left) and Siam Figure(left)Tower Siam Discovery and(right)...... - Centre 51 of the Siam 107 FigureThe of theShopping position - 50 malls ...... 106 - NewFigure building school and School students...... - 49 Pathumwanaram Wat 105 FigureThe of theWat Pathumwanaram position - 48 School ...... 104 Figure of theThe Wanaram community location theWat Pathum - 47 behind ...... 102 Figure 57 at Figure the research ofindividuals - 56 site Categories/attributes ...... 114 Figure 61 research site ...... 143 Figure 60 in Thai context ...... 142 Figure 59 Thai context ...... 140 Figure 58 Figure 62 ...... 161 Figure the ofThe associatedframeworks thein-between space essence inThai 65- context of collage inanartwork ...... 159 FigureDevelopment ontheresearch planningcity- 64 without created site like a the piece of context ...... 150 FigureAn analytical space diagram- 63 framework in-between ofthedesign of inThai the – – – – – – – – – – Skywalk between places at the research site Skywalkresearch site between places at the ...... 92 The overall view of the territory of Pathum Wan district, Bangkok, Wan view overall ofthe The Thailand ofPathum territory .... 93 Remaining lotus pond in the Wat inthe Wat pond Remaining lotus ...... 100 Wat Wat

Greenage and peaceful atmosphere in the Wat peacefuland atmosphere Greenage inthe Wat ...... 145 social strategy intervention position and The experiment/ at the demonstration strategy and social space experiment/ intervention in-between The diagram ofthe analytical diagramassociated urban An a ofthe planswith theecosystem from The old lotus pond in front of the Wat infront pond ofthe oldlotus Wat The ...... 145 The pavement in front in The ofthe along Wat pavement withthe ‘Skywalk’ In -between space criteria framework in Thai context Thaicriteria-betweenframework context space in ...... 135 – Point of sales (left) / Merit (right) ofsales /Merit Point (left) (right) ...... 113 174 ...... 91

PPENDIX 1

–

Q UESTIONNAIRE FOR VISITORS OF THE RESEARCH SITE RESEARCH THE OF FOR VISITORS UESTIONNAIRE APPENDICES APPENDICES 175

specific any transform not specific conditions and events. Furthermore, in the proposed designing program/framework does approach professional on based and on customized highly be will based approach design The design. parameters urban and architecture different integrates feel, and look the or research AProposal 2- Appendix Design Framework of Urban Publica Shared Space reveal itself. the creation of a society, architecture or public space, and inherent social concern. Indeed, the main objective social interactions: economic benefits. Another side-effect could be again, by creating a public space, to potentially create a demilitarized a create potentially to space, public Practically, and finally, a a finally, and Practically, livingto occupy placesfor between choices juxtaposition. suggestive, articulate they if place take to events many allow can domains in-between The hub undoubtedly a root cause for severe conflicts. undoubtedly forroot cause severe a conflicts. constraints, without annexing a piece of a land in the research site, by the Royal or state offices; a Indeed, aspect the researcher took into consideration to elaborate a proposal design in the research site. their social classes and has to be attractive enough to encourage the mixed nature. It is the last promoting social interactions without any financial agenda; individually or from a group. a from or individually agenda; financial any without interactions social promoting An effective design is always an original response to a question or a problem. The style, h am f a of aim The dal, y lmntn ti ky iaca atiue cnlcs hud e reduced. be should conflicts attribute, financial key this eliminating by Ideally, neutral neutral ulc lc i ams ipsil t dsg de o adod n legal and Landlord to due design to impossible almost is place public neutral public space could be to remove the key attribute neutral – targeted ulc pc (pedx 4 mgt e epu t mng the manage to helpful be might 14) (Appendix space public public space could to be used by all Thai citizens whatever citizens Thai all by used be to could space public – buildings but simply lets the diversity of the site to site the of diversity the lets simply but buildings 176 in -between space -between which serves as serves which – or motive for this –

between a social social a neutral to

Figure A14-1- FigureA14-1- A Proposal Design Framework aShared of Urban Public Space Overallactivities/programssocial view 6 including for taking f advantage 177

rom the in-between space on the research site research the site space on in-between the rom for research this

D Figure A14-2- FigureA14-2- ESIGN OF A SHARED URBAN PUBLIC SPACE SPACE PUBLIC URBAN SHARED A OF ESIGN Design of urban a spaceshared public 178

–

Community parking –

C OMMUNITY PARKING OMMUNITY

D Figure A14-3- FigureA14-3- ESIGN OF A SHARED URBAN PUBLIC SPAC PUBLIC URBAN SHARED A OF ESIGN Design of urban a spaceshared public 179 E – Urban community hub –

U RBAN COMMUNITY HUB COMMUNITY RBAN

D ESIGN OF A SHARED URBAN PUBLIC SPACE SPACE PUBLIC URBAN SHARED A OF ESIGN Figure A14-4- FigureA14-4- Design of urban a spaceshared public 180 – – Urban community gardens

RBAN COMMUNITY GARDE COMMUNITY RBAN NS

D ESIGN OF A SHARED URBAN PUBLIC SPACE SPACE PUBLIC URBAN SHARED A OF ESIGN Figure A14-5- FigureA14-5- Design of urban a spaceshared public 181 –

U RBAN COMMUNITY TRADING SPACE TRADING COMMUNITY RBAN – Urban community space trading

D ESIGN OF A SHARED URBAN PUBLIC SPACE SPACE PUBLIC URBAN SHARED A OF ESIGN Figure A14-6- FigureA14-6- Design of urban a spaceshared public –

182 U RBAN COMMUNITY ANCESTRAL HEALTH CENTER HEALTH ANCESTRAL COMMUNITY RBAN – Urban community center ancestral health

D ESIGN OF A SHARED URBAN PUBLIC SPACE SPACE PUBLIC URBAN SHARED A OF ESIGN FigureA14-7 - Design - of urban a spaceshared public 183 – – Urban community academy

RBAN COMMUNITY ACADE COMMUNITY RBAN MY

P ROGRAM SOCIAL INTERVENTION AND EXPERIMENT AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL ROGRAM FigureA14-8 – theand experiment/ intervention Programsocial layouts strategy 184 / STRATEGY LAYOUTS STRATEGY

O N VERALL VIEW OF THE PROGRAM SOCIAL INTERVENTION AND AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL PROGRAM THE OF VIEW VERALL ARRATIVE OF THE PROGRAM SOCIAL INTERVENTION AND EXP AND INTERVENTION SOCIAL PROGRAM THE OF ARRATIVE FigureA14- Figure A14-9- FigureA14-9-

10 - - Narrative view of the program social intervention and experiment/ Narrative and strategyview intervention socialin programof the Overallviewand the experiment/ intervention strategysocialprogramin of the RESEARCH SITE RESEARCH RESEARCH SITE RESEARCH 185

EXPERIMENT ERIMENT / STRATEGY IN THE THE IN STRATEGY / STRATEGY IN THE THE IN STRATEGY the research the site research site

DUCATION ORN RCHITECT RCHITECT 93-19 B.Arch (Architectural Technology), Rajamangala University, M.Arch (Architecture), Silpakorn Doctoral Vienna at study TU 1993 - 1996 2002 - 2004 2010 Thailand RMUTI, Ratchasima, Nakhon

97 rsn HeadArchitecture of department atFaculty of Architecture, 1997- Present Senior architect Architects, THstudio in Nakhon Ratchasima, 2010- Present 00 rsn https://thstudioarchitect.wordpress.com/ 2010- Present ORK au: 25-03-2019 Datum: 29April 1972,Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand E XPERIENCE

E XPERIENCE

Thailand

University Technology, of Thailand Pathomthanee, Bangkok, Thailand

CURRICULUM VITAE VITAE CURRICULUM 186

Unterschrift: Unterschrift: